On Kingship
The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.
Chapter 3
3Krabinger 1:3
Δ,α, εἰ μή τις ἱκ πόλεως ἥκοι μεγάλης τε καὶ πλου- ῥεαν: ο τούσῃς, καὶ κομίδοι λόγους γαύρου! τε καὶ χλιδῶντας, ν». 1. οἴους ῥητορικὴ καὶ ποιητικὴ τίκτουσι, πάνδημιοι τί-
D,a, ei mē tis hik poleōs hēkoi megalēs te kai plou- rhean: o tousę̄s, kai komidoi logous gaurou! te kai chlidōntas, n». 1. oious rhētorikē kai poiētikē tiktousi, pandēmioi ti-
Must it be, then, that unless someone comes from a city great and wealthy, and brings proud and luxurious speeches, such as rhetoric and poetry beget — popular arts,
Chapter 4
4Krabinger 1:4
χναι πάνδημα ἔκγονα, τοῦτον, ὅταν ἐνθάδε γένηται, δεῖ κάτω νεύειν, ὡς οὐκ οὖσῃς αὐτῷ παῤῥησίας ἐν βασιλείοις οὐδὲ ἐρυγγάνειν, οὐκ ἔχοντι τῇι πατρίδος τὸν Βὶ ὄγκον, οὔτε παρασχεῖν ἀκροαμάτων χαριέντων τε καὶ δσυνήθων ἡδονὴν, καταδημαγωγησόντων βασιλέα τὲ καὶ τοὺς συνεδρεύοντας; ἢ καὶ φιλοσοφίαν ποτὲ ἐπιδημοῦσαν προ(ίήσεσθε, καί τις αὐτὴν οὐκ ἀμφιγνοῆσει δεῦρο διὰ πλείστου φανεῖσαν, ἀλλὰ ξεναγύσει καὶ κατερεῖ τι αὐτῆς ἀγαθὸν πρὸ οὗς ἄξιονς δεῖται γάρ που τούτων οὐχ ἑαυτῇς, ἀλλ᾽ ὑμῶν ἕνεκα, μὴ καταφρονη- αὶ θεῖσα ἀνόνητος ἄν γενέσθαι. Αὐτὴ μέντοι παρέξεται λόγου!, οὐ τοὺς ἱλαροὺς δὴ τούτους καὶ διατιθένταρ ἐν ἡδονῇ τὰ μειράκια, ὡς οὔτε ἤθει διαῤῥέοντας, οὔτε λέξεσι κομμωθένται εἰς νόθου κάλλους ἐπίδειξιν" ἀλλ' ἕτερον τρόπον τοῖς ἐφικέσθαι δυναμιίένοις τὸν ἐμβριθῇ τε καὶ ἔνθεον ἀῤῥενωποὺ; καὶ σεμνοὺς καὶ ἀπαδιοῦντας ἀνελευθέρου θωπείαι χάριν τὰ παρὰ τῶν δυνατῶν ἃ
chnai pandēma ekgona, touton, hotan enthade genētai, dei katō neuein, hōs ouk ousę̄s autǭ parrhēsias en basileiois oude erynganein, ouk echonti tę̄i patridos ton Bi onkon, oute paraschein akroamatōn charientōn te kai dsynēthōn hēdonēn, katadēmagōgēsontōn basilea te kai tous synedreuontas? ē kai philosophian pote epidēmousan pro(iēsesthe, kai tis autēn ouk amphignoēsei deuro dia pleistou phaneisan, alla xenagysei kai katerei ti autēs agathon pro hous axions deitai gar pou toutōn ouch heautę̄s, all᾽ hymōn heneka, mē kataphronē- ai theisa anonētos an genesthai. Autē mentoi parexetai logou!, ou tous hilarous dē toutous kai diatithentar en hēdonę̄ ta meirakia, hōs oute ēthei diarrheontas, oute lexesi kommōthentai eis nothou kallous epideixin" all' heteron tropon tois ephikesthai dynamiienois ton embrithę̄ te kai entheon arrhenōpou? kai semnous kai apadiountas aneleutherou thōpeiai charin ta para tōn dynatōn ha
popular offspring — such a man, when he comes here, must hang his head, as having no freedom of speech in the palace, unable to boast of the grandeur of his country or to furnish the pleasure of charming and familiar recitals that would win over the emperor and those who sit in council with him? Or will you also cast off philosophy when she visits you, and will no one recognize her, appearing here after so long a time, but rather act as her host and say something good of her to those to whom it is worth saying? For she needs these things, I think, not for her own sake but for yours, lest, being despised, she should become of no use. She herself will provide speeches — not these cheerful ones that put young men into a state of pleasure, dissolute in character and dressed up in diction for the display of a bastard beauty, but of another sort, for those able to reach them: weighty and inspired, manly and dignified, and refusing, for the sake of servile flattery, to buy the favours of the powerful
Chapter 5
5Krabinger 1:5
ἐξωνεῖσθαι. Οἱ δὲ οὕτως ἄρα ἀςτεμφῶ; ἔχουσὶ, καὶ εἰσὶ πάντολμοι δή τινε, καὶ ὡς ἐν βασιλείοις ἀλλόκοτοι, ὥ;τε οὐδὲ φασιν αὐτοῖς ἀποχρήσειν, εἴ τις ξυγχωρήσει μὴ πάντα ἐκ πάντων ἐπαινεῖν τὰ. βασιλέως καὶ βασιλέα" ἀλλ᾽, εἴ πη παρείκοι, καὶ λυπήσειν ἀνατείνονται, καὶ ἀπειλοῦσι δήξεσθαι τὴν καρδίαν, οὐκ ἐν -χρῷ μὸνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ μέσην, εἰ ἄρα τις ἀνιαθεὶς ὠφελύσοιτο. Πολλοὺ μέντ᾽ ἂν ἄξιος εἴν βασιλέως ἀκοῦ λό- 10γος ἐλεύθερος" ὁ δὲ ἐφ᾽ ἅπαντι γινόμενος ἔπαινος, σὺν ἡδονῇ λυμαινόμενος, ἐοικέναι μοι δοκεῖ τῶν φαρμάκων ἃ μέλιτι δεύσαντες τοῖς ἀπολουμένοις ὀὁρέγουσιν. Οὐκ οἶσθ᾽ ὅτι μὰγειρικὴ μὲν κατακαρυκεύουσα, καὶ νόύόθου; ὀρέξεις ἐκκαλουμένη, λωβᾶται τοῖς σωλιασι" γυμινατικὴ δὲ καὶ ἰατρικὴ σώδετον ἄμφω τὸ παραυτίκα λυποῦσαι; Σὲ τοίνυν ἐγὼ βούλομαι τῶν σωξομένων εἶναι, καὶ εἰ μέλλεις δυςχεραίνειν ἐπὶ τῷ σώξεσθαι. Τρέα μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ἐᾷὰ διαβῥυῆναι ευ-
exōneisthai. Hoi de houtōs ara astemphō? echousi, kai eisi pantolmoi dē tine, kai hōs en basileiois allokotoi, hō?te oude phasin autois apochrēsein, ei tis xynchōrēsei mē panta ek pantōn epainein ta. basileōs kai basilea" all᾽, ei pē pareikoi, kai lypēsein anateinontai, kai apeilousi dēxesthai tēn kardian, ouk en -chrǭ monon, alla kai mesēn, ei ara tis aniatheis ōphelysoito. Pollou ment᾽ an axios ein basileōs akou lo- 10gos eleutheros" ho de eph᾽ hapanti ginomenos epainos, syn hēdonę̄ lymainomenos, eoikenai moi dokei tōn pharmakōn ha meliti deusantes tois apoloumenois hooregousin. Ouk oisth᾽ hoti mageirikē men katakarykeuousa, kai nouothou? orexeis ekkaloumenē, lōbatai tois sōliasi" gyminatikē de kai iatrikē sōdeton amphō to parautika lypousai? Se toinyn egō boulomai tōn sōxomenōn einai, kai ei melleis dyscherainein epi tǭ sōxesthai. Trea men gar ouk eąa diabrhyēnai eu-
with them. These speeches are so unbending, so wholly daring, and so out of place in a palace, that they say it will not be enough for them if someone allows them not to praise everything about the emperor and the emperor in every respect; but, if occasion offers, they even threaten to give pain, and promise to bite the heart, not on the surface only but to the middle, in case someone, being pained, might be helped. Worth much indeed to an emperor's hearing would free speech be; but praise given for everything, harming with pleasure, seems to me like those poisons which people steep in honey and hold out to those who are to perish. Do you not know that cookery, with its sauces and its calling forth of bastard appetites, maims bodies, while gymnastics and medicine both save, though at the moment they cause pain? I want you, then, to be among those who are saved, even if you are going to be annoyed at being saved. For meat is not allowed to rot by
Chapter 6
6Krabinger 1:6
εφότη! ἁλῶν" νέου δὲ βασιλέως γνώμην, ὑπ᾽ ἐξουσία, ἢ ἄν τύχῃ βαδιουμένην συνέχει λόγων ἀλήθεια. Οὕτω, οὖν ἀνάσχοισθε τοῦ ἔένου γένους τῶν λόγων" ἀλλὰ μὴ ἀγροικίας ἐν ὑμῖν ἁλώσονται καὶ ὅ πατασιγασθεῖεν,, πρὶν᾽ καὶ βραχὺ προχωρῆσαι, ὅτι μὴ Ο. εἰσὶ θεραπευταὶ πειθοῦ!, νέοις ἡδεῖς καὶ συμπαίτορεε᾽ ἀλλὰ παιδαγωγοί τινες, ἀτεχνῶς σωφρονιξαὶ, καὶ βαρεῖς ἐντυχεῖν. Εἰ δὲ γένοισθε καρτεροὶ συνουσίαν τοιάνδε βαςάσαι, καὶ μὴ παντάπασιν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ “τῶν παίνων, οὗ, ἀκούειν εἰώθατε, τὰ ὦτα ἐκδεδιύτηῃται, ’ ἜἜνδον μὲν 'δὴ «ὅδ᾽ τ αὐτὸς ἐγω. ἜῈμέ σοι πέμπει Ἀυρύήνη τιφανώσοντα χρυσῷ μὲν τὴν κεφαλὴν, φιλοσοφίᾳ δὲ τὴν ψυχὴν, πόλις ᾿Ελληνὶ;, παλαιὸν ὄνομα καὶ σεμνὸν, καὶ ἐν ᾧδῇ
ephotē! halōn" neou de basileōs gnōmēn, hyp᾽ exousia, ē an tychę̄ badioumenēn synechei logōn alētheia. Houtō, oun anaschoisthe tou eenou genous tōn logōn" alla mē agroikias en hymin halōsontai kai ho patasigastheien,, prin᾽ kai brachy prochōrēsai, hoti mē O. eisi therapeutai peithou!, neois hēdeis kai sympaitoree᾽ alla paidagōgoi tines, atechnōs sōphronixai, kai bareis entychein. Ei de genoisthe karteroi synousian toiande basasai, kai mē pantapasin hymin hypo “tōn painōn, hou, akouein eiōthate, ta ōta ekdediytēę̄tai, ’ EEndon men 'dē «hod᾽ t autos egō. EEme soi pempei Auryēnē tiphanōsonta chrysǭ men tēn kephalēn, philosophią de tēn psychēn, polis ᾿Ellēni?, palaion onoma kai semnon, kai en hǭdę̄
the bite of salt; and the mind of a young emperor, inclined by his power to walk wherever it may chance, is held together by the truth of words. Bear, then, with this foreign kind of speech; and let not these words be convicted among you of boorishness and be silenced before they have advanced even a little, because they are not servants of persuasion, pleasant to the young and their playmates, but tutors of a sort, plain correctors, and heavy to meet. But if you prove strong enough to bear such company, and your ears have not been wholly spoiled by the praises you are used to hearing — “here indeed within am I myself.” Cyrene sends me to you, to crown your head with gold and your soul with philosophy: a Greek city, an ancient and venerable name, and in song
Chapter 7
7Krabinger 1:7
μυρίᾳ τῶν πάλαι σοφῶν' νῦν πίένη., καὶ κατηφὴϊ, καὶ μέγα ἐρείπιον, καὶ βασιλέως δεόμενον, εἰ μέλλει τι πράξειν τῇς περὶ αὐτὴν ἀἁρχαιολογίας ἐπάξιον. Ταύτὴν μὲν δὴ μοι τὴν ἔνδειαν, ὅταν αὐτὸς ἰθέλῃς, ἰάἤ σῃ, καὶ ἐπὶ σοὶ βυληθέντι παρὰ μεγάλης τε καὶ εὐδαίμονος ἤδη τῇς πατρίδος τὸν δεύὐτερὸν με διακομίσαι σοι ςέφανον. Οἱ λόγοι δὲ οὐδὲν νῦν τι δέονται πόλεως, ὥςτε ἐλευθεροτομῇσαι καὶ βασιλέα θαῤῥῆῇσαι" ἀλήθεια γὰρ δὴ λόγων εὐγίνεια, καὶ διὰ τόπον οὐδείς 1θπω λόγο, αἰσχίων, οὐδὲ κυδίων ἐγένετο. ᾿Ιτητέον οὖν ἅμα τῷ θεῷθ, καὶ ἐγχειρητέον τῷ καλλίστῳ τῶν λόγων" ἀληθέξερον δὲ φάναι, τῶν ἔργων. Ὃ γὰρ ἐνὸς ἀνδρὸς, τοῦ βασιλέως, ἐπιμεληθεὶς, ὅπως ἂν ἄριφςος εἴη, τὴν συντομωτάτην ἰβάδισεν ἐπὶ τὸ πάντας λὲν οἴκους ἐπανορθοῦν, πόλεις τε πάσας, ἔθνη τε πᾶντα, καὶ μικρὰ καὶ μείδω, καὶ τὰ γείτονα καὶ τὰ πόῤῥω, ἃ πάντα ἀπολαύειν ἀνάγκῃ τὴς ὅπως ποτὲ ἐχούσῃς τοῦ βασιλέως ψυχῇ. Βούλει δὴ ποιῶμὲν οὕτω τὴν πρώτην, ἵνα μοι καὶ πεβεμείν δὲ. Φ
myrią tōn palai sophōn' nyn pienē., kai katēphēï, kai mega ereipion, kai basileōs deomenon, ei mellei ti praxein tę̄s peri autēn haarchaiologias epaxion. Tautēn men dē moi tēn endeian, hotan autos ithelę̄s, iaē sę̄, kai epi soi bylēthenti para megalēs te kai eudaimonos ēdē tę̄s patridos ton deuyteron me diakomisai soi sephanon. Hoi logoi de ouden nyn ti deontai poleōs, hōste eleutherotomę̄sai kai basilea tharrhēę̄sai" alētheia gar dē logōn eugineia, kai dia topon oudeis 1thpō logo, aischiōn, oude kydiōn egeneto. ᾿Itēteon oun hama tǭ theǭth, kai encheirēteon tǭ kallistǭ tōn logōn" alēthexeron de phanai, tōn ergōn. Ho gar enos andros, tou basileōs, epimelētheis, hopōs an ariphsos eiē, tēn syntomōtatēn ibadisen epi to pantas len oikous epanorthoun, poleis te pasas, ethnē te panta, kai mikra kai meidō, kai ta geitona kai ta porrhō, ha panta apolauein anankę̄ tēs hopōs pote echousę̄s tou basileōs psychę̄. Boulei dē poiōmen houtō tēn prōtēn, hina moi kai pebemein de. Ph
by countless wise men of old; now poor and downcast, a great ruin, and in need of the emperor if it is to do anything worthy of its ancient story. This want of mine you will heal whenever you wish, and it will rest with you, if you so will, that I bring you a second crown from my country, great and prosperous by then. But speech now needs no city in order to speak freely and be bold before an emperor; for truth is the nobility of speech, and no speech has ever become baser or more glorious because of its place. Let us set out, then, with God, and take in hand the finest of speeches — or, to speak more truly, of works. For he who has taken care of one man, the emperor, that he may be the best, has gone the shortest way to setting right all households, all cities and all nations, small and great, near and far, all of which must enjoy the emperor's soul, whatever its condition may be. Do you wish, then, that we begin thus, so that you may also follow
Chapter 8
8Krabinger 1:8
τὸν λόγονς σοφὸν γὰρ ἂν εἴη μὴ προσοβῆσαι τὴν -Β ραν. Λέγωμεν δὴ ἃ τε χρεὼν εἴη βασιλέά ποιεῖν, ἃ τε μὴ χρεὼν, ἀντιπαρατιθέντες αἰσχρὰ καὶ σεμνά. Σὺ δὲ τοῖς ἐξ ἑκατέρας μερίδος ἰφιςάμενος, ὅταν ἐπιγνῷς τι προίῆκον, τὸ μὲν ἀγαπᾷν, ὡς ὑπὸ φιλοσοφίας ἐγκεκριμένον" τὸ δὲ ἀποδιοπομιπεῖσθαι, καὶ διανοεῖσθαι δὴ, τὸ μὲν ὡς ἀεὶ ποιήσων" τὸ δὲ ὡς οὐκἐτ᾽ αὖθι. ᾿Δλλὰ παρὰ τὸν καιρὸν τῷν λόγων ἐπὶ τοῖς μιῇ χρεὼν, οἷς ἡμεῖς τε, σύ τε σαυτῷ συνἐπίσασαι, δυςχεραίνων τε φαίνου σαυτῷ καὶ ἐρυθριῶν, ὅτι δὴ πέφηνε σὸν ὃ μὴ ἄξιον εἶναι σόν. Τό τοῖα χρῶμα τοῦτο τὴν ἐκ μετανοίας ἀρετὴν ὑπισχνεῖται" καὶ αἰδὼς αὕτη θεία τὲ ἔτι καὶ Ἡσιόδῳ δοκεῖ. Ὃ δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτανομένοις ἰσχυρογνώμων, αἰσχυνόμε- 1ὅ νος ὁμολογίαν ἀγνοίας, οὐ κερδαίνει γνῶσιν ἐκ μετανοίας, οὐδὲ δεῖται λόγων ἰατρῶν" ἀλλ᾽ ἀνὴρ ἂν φαΐῃ σοφὸς ὅτι κολάσεως. Οὕτω που τραχεῖά τε ᾿ϊκ φροιμίου καὶ χαλεπ φιλοσοφία προιφέρεσθαι, ᾿ Αἱσθάνομαι γάρ τοι ἐνίων ὑμῶν ἐκταραττομιένων τε" 7δη) καὶ τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἐν δεινῷ τιθεμέγων. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὑπεαχόμῳν τε οὕτω ποιεῖν, καὶ τῶν προγνόντων ἦν
ton logons sophon gar an eiē mē prosobēsai tēn -B ran. Legōmen dē ha te chreōn eiē basilea poiein, ha te mē chreōn, antiparatithentes aischra kai semna. Sy de tois ex hekateras meridos iphisamenos, hotan epignǭs ti proiēkon, to men agapąn, hōs hypo philosophias enkekrimenon" to de apodiopomipeisthai, kai dianoeisthai dē, to men hōs aei poiēsōn" to de hōs ouket᾽ authi. ᾿Dlla para ton kairon tǭn logōn epi tois mię̄ chreōn, hois hēmeis te, sy te sautǭ synepisasai, dyscherainōn te phainou sautǭ kai erythriōn, hoti dē pephēne son ho mē axion einai son. To toia chrōma touto tēn ek metanoias aretēn hypischneitai" kai aidōs hautē theia te eti kai Hēsiodǭ dokei. Ho de epi tois hamartanomenois ischyrognōmōn, aischynome- 1ho nos homologian agnoias, ou kerdainei gnōsin ek metanoias, oude deitai logōn iatrōn" all᾽ anēr an phaïę̄ sophos hoti kolaseōs. Houtō pou tracheia te ᾿ïk phroimiou kai chalep philosophia proipheresthai, ᾿ Haisthanomai gar toi eniōn hymōn ektarattomienōn te" 7dē) kai tēn eleutherian en deinǭ tithemegōn. ᾿All᾽ hypeachomǭn te houtō poiein, kai tōn prognontōn ēn
the speech? For it would be wise not to scare away the quarry. Let us say, then, what an emperor ought to do and what he ought not, setting the shameful beside the noble. And you, standing over what comes from each side, when you recognize something fitting, love it as approved by philosophy, and reject the other with abhorrence, and resolve to do the one always and the other never again. But when, in the course of the speech, we come to the things that ought not to be done, of which both we and you yourself know you are guilty, show yourself displeased with yourself and blush, because something has appeared to be yours that is not worthy to be yours. Such a colour promises the virtue that comes of repentance; and this shame seems divine even to Hesiod. But the man who is obstinate in his faults, ashamed to confess ignorance, gains no knowledge from repentance, nor has he any use for healing words; a wise man would say that he needs punishment. So rough from the very prelude, and harsh, is philosophy in coming forward. For I perceive that some of you are already disturbed and count freedom of speech a terrible thing. But I promised to do this, and it was for those who foresaw it
Chapter 9
9Krabinger 1:9
δύπου φράξασθθαι καρτιρῶς καὶ ἀντέχειν ταῖς ἐμ-, βολαῖ,. ! Ἑαίτοι ταῦτα σύ τε χαίρεις ἀκούων, καὶ ἅπαντες ὑμνοῦσι άγω σοὶ σύμφημι μέγεθος ἀρχῇς ἑνὶ διαηδενὶ τοσόνδε παρεῖναι, καὶ πλούτου θημῶνας ὑπὲρ τὸν πάλαι “]αρεῖον, καὶ ἵππον πολλακιμυρίαν, καὶ τοὺς χρωμένους τοξότας τε καὶ θωρακοφόρου;, πρὸς οὔς ἡγεμόνος τυγχάνοντος ἀσθενὲς ἅπαν τὸ ἀνθιτάμενον" πόλεις δὲ ἀριθμὸν νικῶσαι προςκυνῦσιν, οὐδὲ ὁρώμενον αἱ πλείους, οὐδὲ ἰδεῖν προιδοκῶσαι τὸ κρεῖτ- ᾿ τον εὔχεσθαι θέαμα. Ταῦτα σοὶ καὶ παῤ ἡμῶν ἅπαν- ἃ τος ἂν μᾶλλον ἀληθὴ λέγοιτο. Τί οὖν τὸ μὴ συμιβαῖνον ἡμῶν ἐκείνοις; Οἱ μὲν ἐντεῦθεν σοὶ πλέκουσιν ἔπαινον, καὶ καλοῦσιν εὐδαίμονα" ἐγὼ δὲ ὕκισα 15.ιὲν ἂν ἐντεῦθεν ἐπαινέσαιμι, μάλιτα δὲ ἂν μακαρίσαιμι. "Ἐξι δὲ οὐ μία φύσις, ἀλλ᾽ ἕτερον ἑκάτερον, μακαρισμὸς καὶ ἕπαινος. ΔδΙακαρίδεται μὲν γάρ τις
dypou phraxasththai kartirōs kai antechein tais em-, bolai,. ! Heaitoi tauta sy te chaireis akouōn, kai hapantes hymnousi agō soi symphēmi megethos archę̄s heni diaēdeni tosonde pareinai, kai ploutou thēmōnas hyper ton palai “]areion, kai hippon pollakimyrian, kai tous chrōmenous toxotas te kai thōrakophorou?, pros ous hēgemonos tynchanontos asthenes hapan to anthitamenon" poleis de arithmon nikōsai proskynysin, oude horōmenon hai pleious, oude idein proidokōsai to kreit- ᾿ ton euchesthai theama. Tauta soi kai par hēmōn hapan- ha tos an mallon alēthē legoito. Ti oun to mē symibainon hēmōn ekeinois? Hoi men enteuthen soi plekousin epainon, kai kalousin eudaimona" egō de hykisa 15.ien an enteuthen epainesaimi, malita de an makarisaimi. "Exi de ou mia physis, all᾽ heteron hekateron, makarismos kai hepainos. DdIakaridetai men gar tis
to brace themselves stoutly and hold out against the assaults. Now, you rejoice to hear these things, and everyone sings them, and I agree with you: that so great a greatness of rule is yours as is no one else's, and heaps of wealth beyond the Darius of old, and horse by many tens of thousands, and those who use them, archers and men in breastplates, against whom, when they have a leader, all resistance is weak; and cities beyond number do you homage, most of them without seeing you, and not even expecting to see the sight that is better than any prayer. These things would be said of you by us more truly than by anyone. What, then, is the point on which we do not agree with those others? They weave praise for you out of these things and call you happy; but I would least of all praise you for them, though I would most of all count you fortunate. For being counted fortunate and being praised are not one nature, but each is different from the other. One is counted fortunate
Chapter 10
10Krabinger 1:10
ἐπὶ τοῖς ἔξωθεν" ἐπαινεῖται δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς; ἔνδοθεν, ἐφ᾽ ὧν εὐδαιμονία τὴν ἔδραν ἴσχει. Ἀακεῖνο μὲν ἔτι τύχῃς ἀτέκμαρτον δῶρον τῦτο δὲ γνώμῃς οἰκεῖον ἀγα-ἘῈ θόν. Ταύτῃ καὶ τὸ μὲν ἐξι παῤ ἑαυτοῦ βέβαιον" εὐδτυχία δὲ πλάνον καὶ πολλάκις γε ἀντιπεριϊσάμενον εἰς «οσοῦτον τὸ ἀντικείμενον. αὶ δεῖ μὲν ἐπὶ τὴν φυλακήν αὐτοῦ [τοὐ]θεοῦ, δεῖ δὲ νοῦ, δεῖ δὲ τέχνης, δεῖ δὲ καιροῦ, δεῖ δὲ ἔργων πολλῶν καὶ πολλαχοῦ,. -, χιθ ᾿ ΙΝ "» - Π' τό καὶ παντοδαπῶν δὲ τούτων, ὧν οὔτε πεῖρα ἔετιν, οὔτε ἔχει πειρωμένοις εὐμάρειαν. Οὐ γὰρ ὥιϊπερ παραγίνεται τοῖς; ἀνθρώποις μακαρισμὸς, οὕτως ἀπραγματεύτω; διασώξεται" ἀλλ᾽ ὁρᾷς γὰρ τίσι βίοις αἱ τρα- ᾿γῳδῶν σκηναὶ κεχορήγηντὰαι" οὐκ ἀφ᾽’ ὧν δυςτυ-Οὶ χοῦσιν ἰδιῶται καὶ πένητες, ἀλλ᾽ ἀφ᾽ ὧν ἰσχυροὶ καὶ 1ὅ δυνάται καὶ τύραννοι. Οὐ γὰρ χωρεῖ μέγεθο; συμ" φορᾶς οἰκία μικρὰ, οὐδὲ ὄγκον ἀτυχημάτων πτωχεία. Ἰὸν δὲ λαμιπρὸν ταῖς τύχαι, τοῦτον ἔσι καὶ κινδύ
epi tois exōthen" epaineitai de epi tois? endothen, eph᾽ hōn eudaimonia tēn edran ischei. Aakeino men eti tychę̄s atekmarton dōron tyto de gnōmę̄s oikeion aga-EE thon. Tautę̄ kai to men exi par heautou bebaion" eudtychia de planon kai pollakis ge antiperiïsamenon eis «osouton to antikeimenon. ai dei men epi tēn phylakēn autou [tou]theou, dei de nou, dei de technēs, dei de kairou, dei de ergōn pollōn kai pollachou,. -, chith ᾿ IN "» - P' to kai pantodapōn de toutōn, hōn oute peira eetin, oute echei peirōmenois eumareian. Ou gar hōiïper paraginetai tois? anthrōpois makarismos, houtōs apragmateutō? diasōxetai" all᾽ horąs gar tisi biois hai tra- ᾿gǭdōn skēnai kechorēgēntaai" ouk aph᾽’ hōn dysty-Oi chousin idiōtai kai penētes, all᾽ aph᾽ hōn ischyroi kai 1ho dynatai kai tyrannoi. Ou gar chōrei megetho? sym" phoras oikia mikra, oude onkon atychēmatōn ptōcheia. Ion de lamipron tais tychai, touton esi kai kindy
for things outside oneself; one is praised for things within, in which happiness has its seat. The one is still an uncertain gift of fortune, the other the proper good of the will. So, too, the one is steadfast of itself, while good fortune wanders, and often turns round into its very opposite. For guarding it there is need of God himself, need of mind, need of skill, need of the right moment, need of many deeds in many places and of every kind, of which there is no experience, and which do not come easily to those who try. For good fortune is not kept safe for human beings without effort, as it comes to them; you see indeed from what lives the stages of the tragedians have been furnished: not from the misfortunes of private men and the poor, but from those of the strong and the powerful and of tyrants. For a small house has no room for the greatness of a calamity, nor poverty for a mass of misfortunes. But the man who is brilliant in his fortunes is the one who may become conspicuous in danger
Chapter 11
11Krabinger 1:11
νοις ἐπιφανῆ γινέσθαι καὶ θατέρᾳ μερίδι τοῦ δαίμονος. ᾿Αλλὰ παὶ πολλάκις μὲν ἤρξατο εὐτυχίας ἀρετῇ. καὶ ἔπαινος ἡγήσατο μακαρισμοῦ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ὥ:περ αἰσχυνομένη; τῇς τύχῃ: ἀρεταῖς ἐπιδήλοις μὴ μαρτυρῆσαι. Ἡὰν δεήσῃ τοῦτο πιςρώσασθαι παραδείγμασι, μὴ θύραθεν αὐτὸ μετίωμεν" ἀναπέμπασαι δὲ τὸν πατέρα, καὶ ὄψει τὴν ἀρχὴν αὐτῷ μισθὸν ἀρετῆς ἢ δοθεῖσαν: Τύχῃ δὲ ἀρετῆς ἀναΐτιος" ἀλλὰ τῶν γε κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν ἔργων ἤδη πού τινες καὶ τύχῃν συνεπεσπάσαν- 10το. Τούτοις ἐναρίθμιος εἴη:, ὦ βασιλεῦ, ἵνα μὴ μάτὴν δεῦρο φιλοσοφία φθέγγηται. Εἴη σοὶ τὸ βασιλεύειν ταύτῃ σεμνὸν, ὅτι τὴν ἀρετὴν ἐγύμνασε καὶ προΐγαγε, δεομένην ὕλῃς ἀποχρώσης οἰκείῳ μεγέθει, καὶ οὐκ ἂν χωρηθεῖσαν ἐν ὑποθέσει βίου βασιλείας ἐλάττονι. : ᾿Ασκητέον οὖν τὴν ψυχὴν ἔχειν βασιλικῶς, καὶ ἀπολογητέον ὑπὲρ τῇς τύχη, ἵνα μὴ ἀλογίας διώκηται, ὡς οὐχ ὁμοίοις φροιμίοις σοί τε καὶ τῷ πατρὶ προῆλθεν ὁ βίοι. Τῷ μὲν ἡ σ“ρατεία βασιλείαν προύξένησεν' σὲ δὲ τρατεύει τὸ βασιλεύειν, καὶ ὀφείλεις ἀρετὴν τῇ τύχῃ. Ὃ μὲν τἀγαθὰ πόνοις ἐκτύή-
nois epiphanē ginesthai kai thaterą meridi tou daimonos. ᾿Alla pai pollakis men ērxato eutychias aretę̄. kai epainos hēgēsato makarismou tois anthrōpois, hō:per aischynomenē? tę̄s tychę̄: aretais epidēlois mē martyrēsai. Hēan deēsę̄ touto pisrōsasthai paradeigmasi, mē thyrathen auto metiōmen" anapempasai de ton patera, kai opsei tēn archēn autǭ misthon aretēs ē dotheisan: Tychę̄ de aretēs anaïtios" alla tōn ge kat᾽ aretēn ergōn ēdē pou tines kai tychę̄n synepespasan- 10to. Toutois enarithmios eiē:, ō basileu, hina mē matēn deuro philosophia phthengētai. Eiē soi to basileuein tautę̄ semnon, hoti tēn aretēn egymnase kai proïgage, deomenēn hylę̄s apochrōsēs oikeiǭ megethei, kai ouk an chōrētheisan en hypothesei biou basileias elattoni. : ᾿Askēteon oun tēn psychēn echein basilikōs, kai apologēteon hyper tę̄s tychē, hina mē alogias diōkētai, hōs ouch homoiois phroimiois soi te kai tǭ patri proēlthen ho bioi. Tǭ men hē s“rateia basileian prouxenēsen' se de trateuei to basileuein, kai opheileis aretēn tę̄ tychę̄. Ho men tagatha ponois ektyē-
and in the other portion of fortune. But often virtue has begun good fortune, and praise has led the way to good fortune for human beings, as if fortune were ashamed not to bear witness to manifest virtues. If this must be confirmed by examples, let us not fetch it from outside: recall your father, and you will see that rule was given him as a reward of virtue. Fortune is not the cause of virtue; but some before now have drawn fortune along with deeds done in accordance with virtue. May you be numbered among these, O emperor, so that philosophy may not speak here in vain. May kingship be venerable to you for this reason, that it exercised and advanced your virtue, which needs material sufficient for its own greatness and could not find room in the setting of any life smaller than kingship. You must train, then, to have a kingly soul, and make a defence on fortune's behalf, lest it be prosecuted for unreason because your life and your father's did not proceed from like beginnings. For him military service procured the kingship; for you, kingship is your military service, and you owe virtue to fortune. He acquired good things by toil
Chapter 12
12Krabinger 1:12
σατο σὺ δὲ ἀπόνως ἐκληρονόμησα,.. “]εῖ δὴ πόνων ἐπὶ τὴν φυλακήν. αὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἔσιν, ὃ πάλαι λέγω, τὸ χαλεπὸν καὶ μυρίων ὀμμάτων δεόμενον, μὴ, ὅπερ εἴωθεν ἡ τύχῃ ποιεῖν, ἀνακάμψῃ μεταξὺ τῇς ὁδοὺῦ,Β 5. καθάπερ οἱ μοχθηροὶ τῶν συνοδοιπόρων. Τούτοις γέ τοι τὸ ἀτάθμητον αὐτῇς οἱ σοφοὶ προρεικάδουσιν. Ὁρᾷς ὅτι καὶ τῷ πατρὶ, καίτοι σαφῶς ἐπὶ Ἀατορθώς, μασι γενομένης τὴς ἀναῤῥήσεως, οὐδὲ τὸ γῆραι ἀκόνιτον ἀφῆκεν ὁ φθόνοις'" οὐκοῦν οὐδὲ ὁ θεὸς ἀξεφά- 1Ιθνωτον" ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ δύο τυράννους ἐλθὼν καὶ ἄμφω ᾿βαλὼν, ἐπὶ τῷ δευτέρῳ τροπαίῳ καταλύει τὸν βίον, ἀνθρώπων μιὲν οὐδενὶ, τῇ δὲ φύσει παραχωρήσας » πρὸς ἣν οὔτε ὅπλον ἰσχυρὸν, οὔτε νοῦς εὐμήχανος" ἐντάφιόν τε ἔσχε τὴν ἀρετὴν, ἀδήριτον ὑμῖν 20τὴν βασιλείαν καταλιπὼν, ἣν σώδοι μὲν ὑμῖν ἀρετῇ, σώδοι δὲ διὰ τῇς ἀρετῆς ὁ θεός. ᾽ς ἁπανταχοῦ δεῖ θεοῦ, καὶ οὐχ ἥκιτα παρὰ τοῖς οὐκ ἀθληταῖ;, οὐδὲ αὐτουργοῖ;, ἀλλ᾽, ὥςπερ ὑμῖν, κληρονόμιοις τῆς τύχη ἡ, ὅτῳ πλεῖσον ἔνειμεν ὁ θεὸς, καὶ ὃν ἔτι πομιδὴ παῖδα μέγαν βασιλέα καλεῖσθαι πέποικε, τοῦτον δεῖ πάντα μὲν πόνον αἱρεῖσθαι, πᾶσαν δὲ ῥᾳα-
sato sy de aponōs eklēronomēsa,.. “]ei dē ponōn epi tēn phylakēn. ai tout᾽ esin, ho palai legō, to chalepon kai myriōn ommatōn deomenon, mē, hoper eiōthen hē tychę̄ poiein, anakampsę̄ metaxy tę̄s hodouy,B 5. kathaper hoi mochthēroi tōn synodoiporōn. Toutois ge toi to atathmēton autę̄s hoi sophoi proreikadousin. Horąs hoti kai tǭ patri, kaitoi saphōs epi Aatorthōs, masi genomenēs tēs anarrhēseōs, oude to gērai akoniton aphēken ho phthonois'" oukoun oude ho theos axepha- 1Ithnōton" all᾽ epi dyo tyrannous elthōn kai amphō ᾿balōn, epi tǭ deuterǭ tropaiǭ katalyei ton bion, anthrōpōn mien oudeni, tę̄ de physei parachōrēsas » pros hēn oute hoplon ischyron, oute nous eumēchanos" entaphion te esche tēn aretēn, adēriton hymin 20tēn basileian katalipōn, hēn sōdoi men hymin aretę̄, sōdoi de dia tę̄s aretēs ho theos. ᾽s hapantachou dei theou, kai ouch hēkita para tois ouk athlētai?, oude autourgoi?, all᾽, hōsper hymin, klēronomiois tēs tychē hē, hotǭ pleison eneimen ho theos, kai hon eti pomidē paida megan basilea kaleisthai pepoike, touton dei panta men ponon haireisthai, pasan de rhąa-
but you inherited them without toil. There is need, then, of toil to guard them. And this is what I have long been saying, the hard thing that needs countless eyes: lest fortune, as she is wont to do, turn back midway on the road, like bad fellow travellers. To these the wise compare her instability. You see that even in your father's case, although his proclamation came clearly upon his achievements, envy did not leave his old age free of struggle; and so God did not leave him uncrowned either. Having gone against two tyrants and overthrown both, he ended his life at the second trophy, yielding to no human being, but to nature, against which no weapon is strong and no mind resourceful; and he had virtue for his shroud, leaving to you the kingship unchallenged. May virtue preserve it for you, and may God preserve it through virtue. For God is needed everywhere, and not least by those who are not athletes or workers on their own account but, like you, heirs of fortune. He to whom God has allotted most, and whom he has caused to be called great king while still quite a boy, must choose every toil and leave behind all ease,
Chapter 13
13Krabinger 1:13
ςώνην ἀπολιπεῖν, ὕπνου μὲν ὀλίγον, φροντίδων δὲ πλεῖσον μεταλαγχάνοντα, εἰ μέλλει τις τὸ βασι- Ὦ λέως ὄνομα προτῆκον αὐτῷ περικεῖσθαι. Εὖ γὰρ ὁ παλαιὸς ἔχει λόγος, ὡς οὐ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ὑπηὅ κόων ποιεῖ βασιλέα, οὐ μάλλον, ἢ τύραννον, ἐπεὶ μηδὲ πλῆθος προβάτων ποιεῖ ποιμιένα, οὐ μᾶλλον, καὶ μάγειρον, ὃς ἐλαύνει κατακόψων αὐτά, καὶ ἐμφορηθησόμενό, τε αὐτὸς, καὶ ἄλλοις δεῖπνον ἀποδωσόμενος. -
sōnēn apolipein, hypnou men oligon, phrontidōn de pleison metalanchanonta, ei mellei tis to basi- Ō leōs onoma protēkon autǭ perikeisthai. Eu gar ho palaios echei logos, hōs ou to plēthos tōn hypēo koōn poiei basilea, ou mallon, ē tyrannon, epei mēde plēthos probatōn poiei poimiena, ou mallon, kai mageiron, hos elaunei katakopsōn auta, kai emphorēthēsomeno, te autos, kai allois deipnon apodōsomenos. -
taking little sleep and the greatest share of cares, if one is to wear the name of king as befits him. For the old saying is right, that it is not the number of subjects that makes a king, any more than a tyrant, since neither does a number of sheep make a shepherd, any more than a butcher, who drives them off to cut them up, both to gorge himself and to sell a dinner to others. …
Chapter 14
14Krabinger 1:14
λῴῷ, καὶ ἐθέλῃ μοχθεῖν, ἵνα μηδὲν ἐκείνοις ἡ κμο-. χθηρὸν, καὶ προκινδυνεύειν, ἵνα ἐπ᾽ ἀδείας ἐκεῖνοι βιοτεύωσι, καὶ ἀγρυπνεῖν καὶ συνεειᾶσθαι μερίμναις, ἵνα νύκτωρ καὶ μιεθ᾽ ἡμέραν σχολάδωσι δυιχερῶν, ὅ οὗτός σιν ἐν προβάτοις μὲν ποιμὴν, ἐν ἀνθρώποις δὲ βασιλεύ,. “Οιτις δὲ ἀπολαύει τῇς ἡγεμονίας εἰς τρυφὴν καὶ παθηδυπαθεῖ τὴν ἐξυσίαν, οἰόμενος δεῖν ἐμπιπλάναι τὰς αὐτὸς αὐτοῦ πάσας ὀρέξεις, ὅθεν οἰμώξεται τὸ ἀρχόμενον, τοῦτο κέρδος τοῦ πολλῶν ἄρχειν τιθέμενος, τὸ παρὰ πολλῶν αὐτῷ θεραπεύεσθαι τῇ: ψυχῇ! τὸ ἡδόμενον" καὶ καθάπαξ εἰπεῖν, ὄιτις οὐ πιαίνει τὴν ἀγέλην, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς ὑπὸ τι ἀγέλης 9έλει πιαίνεσθαι, τοῦτον καλῶ μάγειρον ἐπὶ βοσκημάτων, τοῦτον ἀποφαίνω τὸν τύραννον, ὅταν ἡ δη- 15.μὸς ἔλλογο, τὸ ἀρχόμενον. Ἑἰς οὗτος βασιλείας σοὶ γνώμων σὺ δὲ ἠδ᾽ σαυτὸν πρόζαγε τῷ βασανιτηρίῳ. αν μὲν ἐφαρμόδῃ;, χρῇσθαι δι- “ᾳπαίω; τῇ σεμν) προιηγορίᾳ τοῦ σεμνοῦ πράγματος"
lǭǭ, kai ethelę̄ mochthein, hina mēden ekeinois hē kmo-. chthēron, kai prokindyneuein, hina ep᾽ adeias ekeinoi bioteuōsi, kai agrypnein kai syneeiasthai merimnais, hina nyktōr kai mieth᾽ hēmeran scholadōsi duicherōn, ho houtos sin en probatois men poimēn, en anthrōpois de basileu,. “Oitis de apolauei tę̄s hēgemonias eis tryphēn kai pathēdypathei tēn exysian, oiomenos dein empiplanai tas autos autou pasas orexeis, hothen oimōxetai to archomenon, touto kerdos tou pollōn archein tithemenos, to para pollōn autǭ therapeuesthai tę̄: psychę̄! to hēdomenon" kai kathapax eipein, oitis ou piainei tēn agelēn, all᾽ autos hypo ti agelēs 9elei piainesthai, touton kalō mageiron epi boskēmatōn, touton apophainō ton tyrannon, hotan hē dē- 15.mos ellogo, to archomenon. Heis houtos basileias soi gnōmōn sy de ēd᾽ sauton prozage tǭ basanitēriǭ. an men epharmodę̄?, chrę̄sthai di- “ąpaiō? tę̄ semn) proiēgorią tou semnou pragmatos"
[who seeks what is] better for them, and is willing to toil so that nothing may be toilsome for them, and to face danger first so that they may live in safety, and to lie awake and keep company with cares so that by night and by day they may be at leisure from troubles — he is a shepherd among sheep, and among human beings a king. But whoever enjoys his leadership for luxury and indulges himself in his power, thinking he ought to fill all his own appetites from what the governed will lament, counting this the profit of ruling many, that the pleasure-loving part of his soul is served by many; in a word, whoever does not fatten the flock but wishes himself to be fattened by the flock — him I call a butcher among cattle, him I declare a tyrant, when the people governed is a rational one. This is your one measure of kingship; and now bring yourself to the touchstone. If you fit, use justly the noble title of the noble thing;
Chapter 15
15Krabinger 1:15
ἀφαρμόδων δὲ, ἐπανορθοῦν πειρῶ τὰ διάξροφα καὶ τῷ κανόνι προιφύεσθαι. Οὐ γὰρ ἀπογινώσκω τῇς ἡλικίας χωρῆσαι πᾶσαγ ἐπίδοσιν, μόνον εἴ τις αὐτὴν εἷς ἔῦλον ἀρετῇ, μυωπίσειεν" ἰσχυρὸν γὰρ καὶ νεότῆς ἱφ᾽ ἑκάτερα " ῥοπῇ, ὥιπερ οἱ ποταμοὶ ταῖς δοθείσαι; ὁδῶν ἀφορμαῖς, ἀπληῃτότερον ἐπεξέρχονται. Ταύτῃ καὶ δεῖ τῷ νέῳ βασιλεῖ φιλοσοφίας καὶ προλαμιβανούσῃς: αὐτὸν, ἀνθελκούσης ἀπὸ τῆς εἰς ἑκάτερον ἑκροῦε᾽ ἄλλαι μὲν γὰρ ἄλλαις ἀρεταὶς κακίαι γείτονες, καὶ ἀφ᾽ ἑκάςης ὀλισθος οὐκ εἰς ἑτέραν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς τὴν γείτονα. βασιλείᾳ δὲ τυραννὶς παρὸν κεῖ καὶ μιάλα ἀγχίθυρο;, καθάπερ ἀνδρείᾳ μὲν θρασύτη,, ἰλευθεριότητι δὲ ἀσωτία" καὶ ὁ μεγαλόφρων, ἣν μὴ παρὰ φιλοσοφίας εἴσω τῶν τῆς ἀρεῖϊῆ; ὅρων φυλάττηται, προκύψας, ἀλαδών ἐπι καὶ φαῦλος τὴν γνώμῃν ἀντὶ τοῦ μεγαλόφρονοι.
apharmodōn de, epanorthoun peirō ta diaxropha kai tǭ kanoni proiphyesthai. Ou gar apoginōskō tę̄s hēlikias chōrēsai pasag epidosin, monon ei tis autēn heis eulon aretę̄, myōpiseien" ischyron gar kai neotēs hiph᾽ hekatera " rhopę̄, hōiper hoi potamoi tais dotheisai? hodōn aphormais, aplēę̄toteron epexerchontai. Tautę̄ kai dei tǭ neǭ basilei philosophias kai prolamibanousę̄s: auton, anthelkousēs apo tēs eis hekateron hekroue᾽ allai men gar allais aretais kakiai geitones, kai aph᾽ hekasēs olisthos ouk eis heteran, all᾽ eis tēn geitona. basileią de tyrannis paron kei kai miala anchithyro?, kathaper andreią men thrasytē,, ileutheriotēti de asōtia" kai ho megalophrōn, hēn mē para philosophias eisō tōn tēs areiïē? horōn phylattētai, prokypsas, aladōn epi kai phaulos tēn gnōmę̄n anti tou megalophronoi.
but if you do not fit, try to straighten what is twisted and to grow true to the rule. For I do not despair of your age's being capable of every advance, if only someone would spur it on toward virtue; for youth too is strong in its leaning either way, just as rivers, once given the starting points of their courses, rush on more insatiably. That is why the young emperor needs philosophy to take hold of him early and draw him back from the outflow to either side. For different vices are neighbours of different virtues, and from each virtue the slip is not into some other vice but into its neighbour. And tyranny lies beside kingship, very close to its door, just as rashness lies beside courage and prodigality beside liberality; and the great-souled man, unless he is kept by philosophy within the bounds of virtue, steps over them and becomes a boaster and vulgar in mind instead of great-souled.
Chapter 16
16Krabinger 1:16
Μὴ τοίνυν ἄλλην, ἀλλὰ τὴν βασιλείας; νόσον, [τὴν] τυραννίδα, δείδιθί τε καὶ διαγίνωσκε, χαρακτῆρσι τοῖς; τεθεῖσιν ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου χρώμενος" μεγίρῳ δὲ, ὅτι βασιλέως μιἐέν ἐστι τρόπος ὁ νόμος, τυράνὕνου δὲ ὁ τρόπος νόμος " ἡ δὲ' ἐξουσία ποινῇ τίς ἐεσιν ὕλῃ, καὶ μαχομένων τῶν βίων. Η ΕΣ ἢ Ἑὐμοιρίας μὲν οὖν καὶ εὐδαιμονίας τὰ ἄκρα πα-Ἶ τεῖ πᾶ,ς, ὅτῳ φύσει πάντα μὲν ἵἕπεϊαι τῇ βουλύσει" ἔπεται δὲ ἡ βούλησις τῇ φρονήσει, καὶ δεσπότις οὖσα Ἰθρτῶμ ἔξω, παραχωρεῖ τῇς ἀρχῇ! τῇ συνοίκῳ τῇ κρείττονι, καὶ δέχεται παρ᾽ αὐτῇς τῶν πρακτέων συνθήματα. Οὐ γὰρ ἀπόχρῃ δυναεεία πρὸς εὐδαιμονίαν, οὐδ᾽ ἐν ἰσχύϊ τὸ μακάριον ἔθηκεν ὁ θεὸς, ἀλλὰ δεῖ παρεῖναι, μᾶλλον δὲ προεῖναι τὴν φρόνῦσιν, θξε ἂν Ἰδ κάλλιτα τῷ δύνασθαι χρήσαιτο, αὶ τοῦτον ἐγὼ τιλεώτατον ἄνδρα καὶ βίον ἀναγρρεύω, τὸν ἄρτιον ἀπ᾽
Mē toinyn allēn, alla tēn basileias? noson, [tēn] tyrannida, deidithi te kai diaginōske, charaktērsi tois? tetheisin hypo tou logou chrōmenos" megirǭ de, hoti basileōs mieen esti tropos ho nomos, tyranynou de ho tropos nomos " hē de' exousia poinę̄ tis eesin hylę̄, kai machomenōn tōn biōn. Ē ES ē Heumoirias men oun kai eudaimonias ta akra pa-I tei pa,s, hotǭ physei panta men hiepeïai tę̄ boulysei" epetai de hē boulēsis tę̄ phronēsei, kai despotis ousa Ithrtōm exō, parachōrei tę̄s archę̄! tę̄ synoikǭ tę̄ kreittoni, kai dechetai par᾽ autę̄s tōn prakteōn synthēmata. Ou gar apochrę̄ dynaeeia pros eudaimonian, oud᾽ en ischyï to makarion ethēken ho theos, alla dei pareinai, mallon de proeinai tēn phronysin, thxe an Id kallita tǭ dynasthai chrēsaito, ai touton egō tileōtaton andra kai bion anagrreuō, ton artion ap᾽
Fear, then, and recognize no other disease of kingship but tyranny, using the marks the argument has laid down; and remember that for a king his way of life is the law, while for a tyrant law is his way of life. Power is a material common to both, though their lives are at war. The height of good fortune and happiness, then, belongs to the man whose will all things by nature follow, while the will follows prudence, and, though mistress of things outside, yields rule to its better partner and receives from her the watchwords of what is to be done. For power is not enough for happiness, nor did God place blessedness in strength; but prudence must be present, or rather go before, so that one may use one's power most finely. And this man and this life I proclaim the most perfect, which is complete
Chapter 17
17Krabinger 1:17
ἀμφοῖν ὅ),. καὶ οὐ θατέρᾳ σκάξδοντα, ὃ; ἄρχειν ἔλα-Β χεν, ἄρχειν εἰδώς" ὡς ἔστιν ἄμαχον, ὅταν ἰσχὺ, καὶ σοφία συγγένωνται " διαληφθεῖσαι δὲ ἀπ᾿ ἀλλήλων, ῥώμη τε ἀμαθὴς καὶ φρόνησις; ἀσθενὴς, εὐχείρωτοι γίἥνονται. αὶ ἰγὼ τοῦτο 'τῶν σοφῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἐθαύμασα. Τὸν Ἑρμῆν, Αἰγύπτιοι διπλὴν ποιοῦσι τὴν ἰδέαν τοῦ δαίμονος, νέον ἱσάντες παρὰ πρεσβύτῃ, ἀξιοῦντες, εἴπερ τις αὐτῶν μέλλει καλῶς ἐφορεύσειν, ἔννουν τε εἶναι καὶ ἄλκιμον, ὡς; ἀτελὲς εἰς ὠφέλειαν θά- 10τερον παρὰ θάτερον. Ταῦτ᾽ ἄρα καὶ ἡ Σφὶγξ αὐτοῖς ἐπὶ τῶν «προτεμενισμάτων.. ἱδρύεται, τοῦ συνδυασμοῦ τῶν ἀρετῶν ἱερὸν σύμβολον, τὴν μὲν ἰσχὺν θηρίον, τὴν δὲ φρόνησιν ἄνθρωποι. ᾿Ισχύς τε γὰρ, ἔρημος ἡγεμονίας ἔμφρονος, ἔμπληκτος φέρεται, πάντα μιγνύ
amphoin ho),. kai ou thaterą skaxdonta, ho? archein ela-B chen, archein eidōs" hōs estin amachon, hotan ischy, kai sophia syngenōntai " dialēphtheisai de ap᾿ allēlōn, rhōmē te amathēs kai phronēsis? asthenēs, eucheirōtoi giēnontai. ai igō touto 'tōn sophōn Aigyptiōn ethaumasa. Ton Hermēn, Aigyptioi diplēn poiousi tēn idean tou daimonos, neon hisantes para presbytę̄, axiountes, eiper tis autōn mellei kalōs ephoreusein, ennoun te einai kai alkimon, hōs? ateles eis ōpheleian tha- 10teron para thateron. Taut᾽ ara kai hē Sphinx autois epi tōn «protemenismatōn.. hidryetai, tou syndyasmou tōn aretōn hieron symbolon, tēn men ischyn thērion, tēn de phronēsin anthrōpoi. ᾿Ischys te gar, erēmos hēgemonias emphronos, emplēktos pheretai, panta migny
from both and does not limp on one: he who, having been allotted to rule, knows how to rule. For it is invincible when strength and wisdom come together; but parted from each other, ignorant force and weak prudence are easily overcome. And I have admired this in the wise Egyptians. The Egyptians make the form of the god Hermes double, setting a young man beside an old one, holding that whoever among them is to watch over things well must be both intelligent and valiant, since either without the other is of no complete use. That is also why they set up the Sphinx at the entrances of their sacred precincts, a holy symbol of the pairing of the virtues: a beast in strength, a human being in prudence. For strength, deprived of intelligent leadership, is carried along senselessly, mixing
Chapter 18
18Krabinger 1:18
ουσα καὶ ταράττουσα πράγματα" καὶ νῦς ἀχρεῖος εἰς πρᾶξιν, ὑπὸ χειρῶν οὐχ ὑπηρετούμενοι. ἈἘόσμιος μὲν οὖν βασιλέων ᾽ ἀρεταὶ πᾶσαι" φρόνησις; δὲ ἀπασῶν βασιλικωτίρα. Ταύτην μοι "7 ποίησαι πάρεδρον " θ ἕψεται γὰρ ἡ τριττὺς «τῇ πρεισβυτέρᾳ τῶν ἀδελφῶν, καὶ πᾶσας εὐθὺς ἕξεις συσκήνους καὶ συτρατιώτιδας ἐπὶ σοί. “Λόγον ἐρῶ τοῦτον ἄτοπον ὡς εὐθὺς ἀκοῦσαι, παντὸς Ὦ δὲ δήπου τῇς ἀληθείας ἐχόμενον. Ὅταν ἀ-Ὦ σθένειαν ἐγὼ “) πρὸς δύναμιν ἐξετάδω, καὶ πενίαν πρὸς πλοῦτον, καὶ τὰς ἐν ἅπασι μειονεξίας πρὸς τὰς ἐν ἅπασι πλεονεξίας, εἰ δίχα φρονήσεως καθαραὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλας κρίνοιντο,, πενία τε καὶ ἀδυναμία καὶ βίος ἰδιώτης ἀντὶ τῇς μεγίστης βγεμονίαι εὐτυχέξεραι 3“) παρεῖναι τοῖς 1ὅ ἥκιτα ἐπηβόλοι; νοῦ καὶ φρονήσεως" ἐλάττω γὰρ ἄρα ἐξαμάρτοιεν, τῇς ἐν τῇ γνώμῃ κακίας οὐχ εὐρισκούσης πρόοδον εἰς ἐνέργειαν. Τὰ γὰρ θυραῖα τῶν ἀγαθῶν, Α
ousa kai tarattousa pragmata" kai nys achreios eis praxin, hypo cheirōn ouch hypēretoumenoi. AEosmios men oun basileōn ᾽ aretai pasai" phronēsis? de apasōn basilikōtira. Tautēn moi "7 poiēsai paredron " th hepsetai gar hē trittys «tę̄ preisbyterą tōn adelphōn, kai pasas euthys hexeis syskēnous kai sytratiōtidas epi soi. “Logon erō touton atopon hōs euthys akousai, pantos Ō de dēpou tę̄s alētheias echomenon. Hotan a-Ō stheneian egō “) pros dynamin exetadō, kai penian pros plouton, kai tas en hapasi meionexias pros tas en hapasi pleonexias, ei dicha phronēseōs katharai pros allēlas krinointo,, penia te kai adynamia kai bios idiōtēs anti tę̄s megistēs bgemoniai eutychexerai 3“) pareinai tois 1ho hēkita epēboloi? nou kai phronēseōs" elattō gar ara examartoien, tę̄s en tę̄ gnōmę̄ kakias ouch euriskousēs proodon eis energeian. Ta gar thyraia tōn agathōn, A
and throwing affairs into confusion; and mind is useless for action when it is not served by hands. All the virtues, then, adorn kings, but prudence is the most kingly of them all. Make her, I pray, your assessor; for the other three will follow the eldest of the sisters, and at once you will have them all as tent-mates and fellow soldiers at your side. I shall speak a word that sounds strange at first hearing, but is wholly bound up with the truth. When I set weakness beside power, poverty beside wealth, and the disadvantages in everything beside the advantages in everything, if they were judged against each other bare, apart from prudence, then poverty and powerlessness and a private life, rather than the greatest leadership, are the happier lot for those who have least share of mind and prudence; for they would sin less, since the vice in their will finds no outlet into action. For external goods,
Chapter 19
19Krabinger 1:19
ἅπερ ὀργανικὰ καλεῖν ἴθος ᾿Αριτοτέλει Ὗ καὶ Πλάτωνι, τοῖς ἐμοῖς ἡγεμόσιν, ὑπηρετεῖν οἷδε κακίαις οὐ μεῖον, ἢ ἀρεταῖ. Ταύτῃ καὶ τὠὦ ἄνδρε τούτω καὶ ὅσοι γε ἀπὸ τούτων ῥύακες φιλοσοφίας ἐῤῥύησαν, οὔτε τῇς ὅ ἀμείνονος αὐτὰ ὅ) προτηγορίας ἡξίώσαν, αὔτε τῇ χείρονι κατεδίκασαν, ἀλλ᾽. ὀργανικὰ καλρῦσι, νῦν. μὲν ιἀγαθὰ, νῦν δὲ κακὰ, ταῖς τῶν χρωμένων. ἕξεσιν.. αὐτὰ- χρῳ: μεατεύοντες. ᾿Ὥιπερ οὖν εὐχῆς ἄξιον ἀπεῖναι τοῦ φαύ-Β λου τὰ ὄργανα, ὅπως ἀνενέργητον. ἔχῃ -). τὴν. μοχθηρίαν, οὕτω παρεῖναι τῷ καλῶς χρηασομένῳ, οὐ πάντες ἄν, καὶ πόλεις καὶ διῶται, ὀνίναιντο, ἵνα μὴ.ἀχρεία καὶ ἄπρακτος ἀρετῆς φύσιριἀγνοουμένῃ. μαραίνηται, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς ἀνθρώπων εὐεργεσίας δαπανήσῃ τὴν δύναμιν. Οὕτω μιοι χρῶ τοῖς προκειμένοις ἀγαθοῖγ" καὶ γὰρ μόνως ἂν οὕτως ἀγαθοῖ; χβήσαιο. ᾿Απολαυόντων οἶκοι, καὶ πόλεις, καὶ δῇμοι,. καὶ ἔθνη, καὶ ἤπειροι, προνοίρα; βασιλικῆς καὶ κηδεμόνίας... ἔμφρονος, ἣν ὁ θεὸς αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐν τοῖς; νοητοῖς “ἡ σας ἀρχέτυπον, δίδωσιν εἰκόνα τῇς προνοίας, καὶ ἐθέλει τὰ τῇδε τετάχθαι κατὰ μίμησιν ὑπερκόσμιον. Φίλος οὖνΟ τοῦ μεγάλου. βασιλέως ὁ δεῦρο 'ὁμώνυμος, ἂν μὴ ψεύδηται τοὐνομια " οὐ ψεύδεται 1δγ.δὲ, ἂν καὶ θάτερον παρῇ τῶν ὀνομάτων τοῦ θέοῦ. Ὃ πρὶν εἰπεῖν,
haper organika kalein ithos ᾿Aritotelei Hy kai Platōni, tois emois hēgemosin, hypēretein hoide kakiais ou meion, ē aretai. Tautę̄ kai tōō andre toutō kai hosoi ge apo toutōn rhyakes philosophias errhyēsan, oute tę̄s ho ameinonos auta ho) protēgorias hēxiōsan, aute tę̄ cheironi katedikasan, all᾽. organika kalrysi, nyn. men iagatha, nyn de kaka, tais tōn chrōmenōn. hexesin.. auta- chrǭ: meateuontes. ᾿Hōiper oun euchēs axion apeinai tou phau-B lou ta organa, hopōs anenergēton. echę̄ -). tēn. mochthērian, houtō pareinai tǭ kalōs chrēasomenǭ, ou pantes an, kai poleis kai diōtai, oninainto, hina mē.achreia kai apraktos aretēs physiriagnooumenę̄. marainētai, all᾽ eis anthrōpōn euergesias dapanēsę̄ tēn dynamin. Houtō mioi chrō tois prokeimenois agathoig" kai gar monōs an houtōs agathoi? chbēsaio. ᾿Apolauontōn oikoi, kai poleis, kai dę̄moi,. kai ethnē, kai ēpeiroi, pronoira? basilikēs kai kēdemonias... emphronos, hēn ho theos autos heauton en tois? noētois “hē sas archetypon, didōsin eikona tę̄s pronoias, kai ethelei ta tę̄de tetachthai kata mimēsin hyperkosmion. Philos ounO tou megalou. basileōs ho deuro 'homōnymos, an mē pseudētai tounomia " ou pseudetai 1dg.de, an kai thateron parę̄ tōn onomatōn tou theou. Ho prin eipein,
which Aristotle and Plato, my guides, are accustomed to call instrumental, know how to serve vices no less than virtues. For this reason these two men, and all the streams of philosophy that have flowed from them, neither thought them worthy of the better name nor condemned them to the worse, but call them instrumental: now good, now bad, as they take their colour from the dispositions of those who use them. Just as it is worth praying, then, that the bad man may lack the instruments, so that his wickedness may remain inactive, so all, cities and private persons alike, would benefit from their being present to one who will use them well, so that the nature of virtue may not wither away useless, idle and unknown, but spend its power on benefits to mankind. Use the goods before you, then, in this way; for only so would you use them as goods. Let households and cities, peoples and nations and continents, enjoy a kingly forethought and an intelligent care — the care which God himself, having set himself up among the intelligible things as archetype, gives as an image of his providence, wishing the things here to be ordered in imitation of what is above the world. The king here, then, is a friend of the great King, being his namesake, if he does not belie the name; and he does not belie it if the other of God's names is also present in him. Before saying which,
Chapter 20
20Krabinger 1:20
οὐκ΄ ἂν ἄκαιρον εἴν διαλεχθῦῆναϊί τι τῶν παρὰ φιλοσόφίας ἐνθάδε σαφήνειαν προοικονομούμενον. ν Οὐδὲν ἢ οὐδαμῇ πω πέφηνεν ὄνομα τῇς οὐσίας ἁπτόμενον 'τοῦ. θεοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ἀτευκτοῦντε; Ὕ αὐτοῦ τῇς ἐμφάσεως; ἄνθρωποι διὰ τῶν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ψαύειν ἐθέλυσιν αὐτοῦ. ἂν πατέρα, κἂν ποιητὴν Ὗ, κἀν ὅτι- ἢ οὖν εἴπῃς δ), κἀν ἀρχὴν, κἄν αἴτιον, ταῦτα πάντα ᾿σχίσεις εἰσὶν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὰ παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ, αὶ βασιλέα τοίνυν εἰπὼν, ἀπὸ τῶν βασιλευομένον, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ αὐτοπροτώπω; ἐπεχείρησας τῇς φύσεως αὐτοῦ δράξασθθαι. ἸΙΝῦν οὖν ἐρῶν ἔρχομαι καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν τῶν΄ ὀνομάτων, ὅπερ ὑποσχόμενος ὑμῖν, εἰς καιρὸν τοῦτον ἀνήρτησα. αὶ τί τοῦτ᾽ ἔσει τὸ συντεταγμένον καὶ συγγενόμενον ὅ τῷ δεῦρο βασιλεῖ, ὃ κυροῦν ἔφην αὐτὸν καὶ ἀποφαίνειν ὅ τυγχάνοντα, καὶ οὐ ψευδώνυμον; ᾿Α4γαθόν
ouk΄ an akairon ein dialechthyēnaïi ti tōn para philosophias enthade saphēneian prooikonomoumenon. n Ouden ē oudamę̄ pō pephēnen onoma tę̄s ousias haptomenon 'tou. theou, all᾽ ateuktounte? Hy autou tę̄s emphaseōs? anthrōpoi dia tōn ap᾽ autou psauein ethelysin autou. an patera, kan poiētēn Hy, kan hoti- ē oun eipę̄s d), kan archēn, kan aition, tauta panta ᾿schiseis eisin autou pros ta par᾽ autou, ai basilea toinyn eipōn, apo tōn basileuomenon, all᾽ ouk autoprotōpō? epecheirēsas tę̄s physeōs autou draxasththai. IINyn oun erōn erchomai kai to loipon tōn΄ onomatōn, hoper hyposchomenos hymin, eis kairon touton anērtēsa. ai ti tout᾽ esei to syntetagmenon kai syngenomenon ho tǭ deuro basilei, ho kyroun ephēn auton kai apophainein ho tynchanonta, kai ou pseudōnymon? ᾿A4gathon
it would not be out of season to discuss here something from philosophy, preparing clarity in advance. No name has ever yet appeared that touches the essence of God; but human beings, failing to grasp its expression, wish to touch him through the things that come from him. Whether you call him father, or maker, or anything else, or principle, or cause, all these are relations of him to the things that come from him. And so, in calling him king, you named him from those he rules, and did not try to grasp his nature directly. Now, then, I come to speak of the remaining one of the names, which I promised you and deferred to this moment. What will this be, that is ranged alongside and joined to the king here, which I said confirms him and shows him to be truly what he is called and not falsely named? Good.
Chapter 21
21Krabinger 1:21
που τὸν θεὸν ὑμνοῦσιν ἅπαντες ἁπανταχοῦ.)) καὶ σοφοὶ δήμοι καὶ ἄσοφοι" καὶ ταύτῃ συγχωροῦσιν ἀλλήλοις καὶ ὁμοφωνοῦσιν ἅπαντες οἱ τὰ ἄλλα διαςάντες περὶ τὰν ὑπολήψεις τοῦ θείου, καὶ τὴν ἀκήρατον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀμερῆ φύὅ σιν δόξαις ἱτερογνώμοσι μεριδάμενοι. ᾿4λλά τοι καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἀγαθὸν τὸ ἀναμφηβύευτον οὔπω μηνύει τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν ἐν τῷ εἶναι ἕδραν, ἠράνιται δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ὑτέρων. Οὐγὰρ ἀπόλυτον " εἰς ἀκοὴν ἔρχεται τἀγαθὸν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκείνοις ἀγαθὸν, ὧν ἔσει πρακτικὸν καὶ οἷς ἔστιν ἀπολαυει- αὶ ᾿ κόν τοῦτο γὰρ αὶ διάνοια ᾽ βούλεται τοῦ ὀνόματος, ἐφερμιηνεύειν τὸν θεὸν αἴτιον ἀγαθῶν ἱεραΐί τε ἐν τελεταῖς ἁγίαις εὐχαὶ πατέρων ἡμῶν ἐκβοῶσαι πρὸς τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεὸν οὐ τὴν δυναξείαν αὐτοῦ κυδαί-, νουσιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν κηδεμονίαν προικυνοῦσιν, “Ὅτε 1ὅ οὖν θεὸς δωρητικό; ἔστιν ὧν προτήκει θεῷ, δωῇ, καὶ
pou ton theon hymnousin hapantes hapantachou.)) kai sophoi dēmoi kai asophoi" kai tautę̄ synchōrousin allēlois kai homophōnousin hapantes hoi ta alla diasantes peri tan hypolēpseis tou theiou, kai tēn akēraton autou kai amerē phyo sin doxais hiterognōmosi meridamenoi. ᾿4lla toi kai touto to agathon to anamphēbyeuton oupō mēnyei tou theou tēn en tǭ einai hedran, ēranitai de apo tōn hyterōn. Ougar apolyton " eis akoēn erchetai tagathon, all᾽ ekeinois agathon, hōn esei praktikon kai hois estin apolauei- ai ᾿ kon touto gar ai dianoia ᾽ bouletai tou onomatos, ephermiēneuein ton theon aition agathōn hieraïi te en teletais hagiais euchai paterōn hēmōn ekboōsai pros ton epi pasi theon ou tēn dynaxeian autou kydai-, nousin, alla tēn kēdemonian proikynousin, “Hote 1ho oun theos dōrētiko? estin hōn protēkei theǭ, dōę̄, kai
— for God, I suppose, is hymned as good by all men everywhere, by wise peoples and unwise; and in this they all concede to one another and agree, who in other respects stand apart in their notions of the divine and divide his pure and indivisible nature among differing opinions. Yet even this undisputed name, “good,” does not yet reveal God's seat in being, but is borrowed from the things that come after him. For “good” does not reach the hearing in an absolute sense, but as good for those for whom it is effective and who are able to enjoy it; for this is what the meaning of the name intends, to interpret God as the cause of good things. And the sacred prayers of our fathers in holy rites, crying out to the God over all, do not glorify his power but adore his care. Since, then, God is the giver of the things that befit God, of life and
Chapter 22
22Krabinger 1:22
νοῦ καὶ εἰ δύ τι τῶν ὑεξέρων οὐ. ἀνάξιον ὕκειν παρὰ τοῦ πρώτου 3.), σοὶ δ᾽ ἂν προτήκοι μὴ λιπεῖν τὴν τάξιν, καθ᾽ ἣν Ὁ) ἐτάχθη;, μηδὲ αἰσχύνειν τὰς ὁμωνυμίας, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιτίθεσθαι τῇ μιμήσει, ἐπικλύξειν μὲν ἀγα-Γ ὁ θοῖς ἅπασι τὰς. πόλεις, καταχεῖν δὲ εὐδαιμονίαν, ὅσῳ δυνατὴ τῶν ἀρχομένων ἑκάτῳ. Οὕτω βασιλέα μέγαν 3, τὴν τιμὴν οὐκ ἔθει διὀνομάξοντες ἐπαλυθεύοιμεν δόντες, οὐ θεραπεύοντες χρείαν,. οὐκ ὀργὴν παραιτούμενοι, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτῷ τῷ κρίνοντι τῇς ψυχῇς ἐπινεύον-, 10τες, ἀδόλῳ γνώμης ἐρμηνεῖ τῇ γλώττῃ χρώμενοι. Φέρε δή σοι γράψω λόγῳ τὸν βασιλέα, ὥςπερ ἄγαλμα -εύσαρ" σὺ δὲ μοι τὸ ἄγαλμα τοῦτο κινούμενον ἐπιδείξεις καὶ ἔμπνουν γενόμενον. Οὐκοῦν συμπαραλήψομαι μὲν εἰς δημιουργίαν, εἰ τοῦτο δέοι, τῶν τοῖς ἢ παλαιοῖς τε καὶ μακαρίοις ἀνδράσιν ἐπὶ νοῦν ἐλθόντων" σὺ δὲ μηδὲν ἧττον αὐτὰ τῶν ἄλλων, ἀλλὰ μάλ.λον ἀγαπᾷν ὦ; ἀδηρίτω; προζήκοντα βασιλεῖ, περὶ: ὧν ὁμοίως; φρονοῦσι παλαιοί τε καὶ νέοι σοφοί. Ἐὐσέβεια δὲ πρῶτον ὑποβεβλήσθω κρηπὶς ἀσφα- 4201λὴ:», ἐφ᾽ ἡὁς ἐσήξει τὸ ἄγαλμα ἔμπεδον" καὶ οὐ μή πο-
nou kai ei dy ti tōn hyexerōn ou. anaxion hykein para tou prōtou 3.), soi d᾽ an protēkoi mē lipein tēn taxin, kath᾽ hēn Ho) etachthē?, mēde aischynein tas homōnymias, all᾽ epitithesthai tę̄ mimēsei, epiklyxein men aga-G ho thois hapasi tas. poleis, katachein de eudaimonian, hosǭ dynatē tōn archomenōn hekatǭ. Houtō basilea megan 3, tēn timēn ouk ethei dionomaxontes epalytheuoimen dontes, ou therapeuontes chreian,. ouk orgēn paraitoumenoi, all᾽ autǭ tǭ krinonti tę̄s psychę̄s epineuon-, 10tes, adolǭ gnōmēs ermēnei tę̄ glōttę̄ chrōmenoi. Phere dē soi grapsō logǭ ton basilea, hōsper agalma -eusar" sy de moi to agalma touto kinoumenon epideixeis kai empnoun genomenon. Oukoun symparalēpsomai men eis dēmiourgian, ei touto deoi, tōn tois ē palaiois te kai makariois andrasin epi noun elthontōn" sy de mēden hētton auta tōn allōn, alla mal.lon agapąn ō? adēritō? prozēkonta basilei, peri: hōn homoiōs? phronousi palaioi te kai neoi sophoi. Eusebeia de prōton hypobeblēsthō krēpis aspha- 4201lē:», eph᾽ hēos esēxei to agalma empedon" kai ou mē po-
mind, and of anything else among the things after him that is not unworthy to come from the First, it would befit you not to desert the post at which you were stationed, nor to shame the name you share, but to set yourself to the imitation: to flood the cities with all good things, and to pour out happiness on each of your subjects, as far as each can receive it. So we would truly call you great king, not giving the title from habit, not serving our need, not begging off your anger, but assenting with the very judging part of the soul and using the tongue as a guileless interpreter of the mind. Come, then, let me paint the king for you in words, like a statue; and do you show me this statue moving and come to life. I shall take into my workshop, if need be, some of the thoughts that came to the minds of ancient and blessed men; and you should love them no less than the rest, but rather more, as indisputably fitting for a king, since about them the wise of old and of today think alike. Let piety first be laid as a safe foundation, on which the statue will stand firm; and never will
Chapter 23
23Krabinger 1:23
τε αὐτὸ περιτρέψῃ χειμὼν, τῆς κρηπῖδος ἐχόμενον. «41ὕτη μὲν δὴ καὶ συναναβήσεται καὶ πολλαχοῦ “) φανεῖται, πρὸς τῇ κορυφῇ δὲ οὐχ ἥκιτα. "Ἔνθεν ὅ) ἑλὼν, φημὶ δεῖν, ἡγουμένου θεοῦ ), τὸν βασιλέα πρῶτον αὐτὸν ὅδ αὐτοῦ βασιλέα εἶναι, καὶ μοναρχίαν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ. κατατήσασθαι. Εὖ γὰρ ἴσθι τοῦτο, ὡς οὐχ ἁπλοῦν τι χρῇμα δ), οὐδὲ μονοειδὲς ἄνθρωπο;, ἀλλὰ συνῴκισεν ὁ θεὸς εἷς ἑνὸς Σώου σύφασιν ὄχλον δυνάμεων παμμιγῇ τε καὶ πάμφωνον" καὶ ἐσμὲν ὕδρας, οἶμαι, θηρίον ὅ ἀτοπώτερον καὶ μαλλόν τι πολυκέφαλον. Οὐ γὰρ ταὐτῷ ὅ) δήπου νοοῦμεν καὶ ὀρεγόμεθα οὐδὲ ταὐτῷ καὶ θυμούμεθα, οὐδὲ καὶ λυπούμεθα, ὅθεν ἡδόμεθα, καὶ φοβούμεθα᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ὁρᾷς ὡς ἔνι μὲν Ϊ ἄῤῥεν ἐν τούτοις, ἕνι δὲ θήλυ, καὶ θαῤῥαλέον τε
te auto peritrepsę̄ cheimōn, tēs krēpidos echomenon. «41hytē men dē kai synanabēsetai kai pollachou “) phaneitai, pros tę̄ koryphę̄ de ouch hēkita. "Enthen ho) helōn, phēmi dein, hēgoumenou theou ), ton basilea prōton auton hod autou basilea einai, kai monarchian en tę̄ psychę̄. katatēsasthai. Eu gar isthi touto, hōs ouch haploun ti chrę̄ma d), oude monoeides anthrōpo?, alla synǭkisen ho theos heis henos Sōou syphasin ochlon dynameōn pammigę̄ te kai pamphōnon" kai esmen hydras, oimai, thērion ho atopōteron kai mallon ti polykephalon. Ou gar tautǭ ho) dēpou nooumen kai oregometha oude tautǭ kai thymoumetha, oude kai lypoumetha, hothen hēdometha, kai phoboumetha᾽ all᾽ horąs hōs eni men Ï arrhen en toutois, heni de thēly, kai tharrhaleon te
a storm overturn it while it holds to the foundation. Piety will also rise with it and appear in many places, and not least at the summit. Starting from here, I say that, with God as leader, the king must first be king of himself and establish monarchy in his own soul. For know this well: a human being is no simple thing, nor of one form; God has settled together, in the structure of one living creature, a crowd of powers of every mixture and every voice; and we are, I think, a beast stranger than the hydra and somehow more many-headed. For surely it is not with the same part that we think and desire, nor with the same that we are angry and grieve, and that by which we feel pleasure and fear; but you see that there is in these a male and a female, both bold and
Chapter 24
24Krabinger 1:24
καὶ δειλόν" ἔνι δὲ τὰ παντοδαπῶς ἀντικείμενα " ἔνι δὲ τις ἡ μέσῃ διὰ πάντων φύσις, ἣν νοῦν καλοῦμεν, ὃν ἀξιῶ βασιλεύειν ἐν τῇ τοῦ βασιλέως ψυχῇ, τὴν ὀχλοκρατίαν τε καὶ δημοκρατίαν τῶν παθῶν καταλύσαντα. ᾿Αφ᾽ ᾿Ἑτίας γὰρ ἄν οὗτοςς βασιλεύσειε τῇ κατὰ φύσιν ἀρχῇ τῇς ἡγεμονίας χρησάμενος. Ὡς ὅσις γε τὰς ἀλόγους δ) τῇς ψυχῇς μοίραξτιθασσοὺς καὶ χειροήθει; ποιήσας, κατηκόου; τῷ λόγῳ παρέ-Ὁ σχετο, εἷς μίαν ἡγεμονίαν ἔμφρονα συντάξας τὸ πλῆθοι, οὗτός ἐσιν ὁ θεῖος, καὶ ἰδιώτης καὶ βασιλεὺς" μᾶλλον δὲ βασιλεὺς, ὅτι τὴν ἀρετὴν οὗτος ἔθνεσιν ὅλοις κοινοῦται, καὶ τῶν ἐνὸς; ἀγαθῶν πολλοὶ ἐπαυρίσκονται ἄνθρωποι Τούτῳ γὰρ ἀνάγκῃ τὸ ἔνδοθεν ἀςασίατον διάγειν, καὶ μέχρι προτώπου γαλήνην 1δἔνθεον" καὶ ἔστιν οὐ φοβερὸν, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπέρσεμνον θέαμα ἐν αἰδοῦς ἀκύλιονι διαθέσει, φίλους μὲν, ταὐτὸν | δὲ εἰπεῖν, ἀγαθοὺς ἐκπλύήττων, τοὺς δὲ ἐχθρούρ τε καὶ Ὦ πονηροὺς καταπλήττων. ΜΙετάνοια δὲ οὐκ ἐμβατεύει τῇ τούτου ψυχῇ. Πράττει γὰρ΄, ὃ τι. ἂν πράττῃ,
kai deilon" eni de ta pantodapōs antikeimena " eni de tis hē mesę̄ dia pantōn physis, hēn noun kaloumen, hon axiō basileuein en tę̄ tou basileōs psychę̄, tēn ochlokratian te kai dēmokratian tōn pathōn katalysanta. ᾿Aph᾽ ᾿Hetias gar an houtoss basileuseie tę̄ kata physin archę̄ tę̄s hēgemonias chrēsamenos. Hōs hosis ge tas alogous d) tę̄s psychę̄s moiraxtithassous kai cheiroēthei? poiēsas, katēkoou? tǭ logǭ pare-Ho scheto, heis mian hēgemonian emphrona syntaxas to plēthoi, houtos esin ho theios, kai idiōtēs kai basileus" mallon de basileus, hoti tēn aretēn houtos ethnesin holois koinoutai, kai tōn enos? agathōn polloi epauriskontai anthrōpoi Toutǭ gar anankę̄ to endothen asasiaton diagein, kai mechri protōpou galēnēn 1dentheon" kai estin ou phoberon, all᾽ hypersemnon theama en aidous akylioni diathesei, philous men, tauton | de eipein, agathous ekplyēttōn, tous de echthrour te kai Ō ponērous kataplēttōn. MIetanoia de ouk embateuei tę̄ toutou psychę̄. Prattei gar΄, ho ti. an prattę̄,
cowardly; there are in it things opposed in every way; and there is a certain nature running through all of them in the middle, which we call mind, and which I deem worthy to reign in the king's soul, after putting down the mob rule and democracy of the passions. For so, starting from his own hearth, he would reign, using the rule of leadership that accords with nature. Whoever has made the irrational parts of the soul tame and submissive and presented them obedient to reason, ordering the multitude under one intelligent leadership, he is the divine man, whether private citizen or king — rather a king, because he shares his virtue with whole nations, and many human beings reap the benefit of the goods of one. Such a man must lead an inner life free of strife, with a godlike calm reaching even to his face; and he is not a fearful but an exceedingly august sight, in a disposition of unfeigned reverence, striking with wonder his friends — which is the same as saying the good — and dismaying his enemies and the wicked. Regret does not set foot in this man's soul. For whatever he does,
Chapter 25
25Krabinger 1:25
δεδογμένα ἅπασι τοῖς μέρεσι τῆς ψυχῇς πράττων, τῷ πάντα πρὸς μίαν ἀρχὴν κεκοσμῆσθαι, καὶ μὴ ἀπαξιῶσαι μέρη τε εἶναι, καὶ εἰς ἕν τὸ ὅλον συννεῦσαι. Ὅρτι; δὲ διοικίδει τὴν προ:βολὴν τῶν μερῶν τούτων, ἐνδοὺς αὐτοῖς εἰς ἐνέργειαν πολλοῖς εἶναι, καὶ ἀνὰ μέρος ἐθέλει ἀναπείθειν τὸ δῶον, τοῦτον ὄψει νῦν μὲν ὑψοῦ τὴν γνώμην, νῦν δὲ ὕπτιον’ τεταραγμένον νῦν μὲν ὁρμῇ, νῦν δὲ φυγῇ, καὶ λύπαι δ καὶ ὑἡδοναῖ; καὶ ἀτόποις ὀρέξεσιν, ᾿Ομολογεῖ δὲ οὐδέποτε οὗτοςς αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ, ' Ἑαὶ μανθάνω μὲν οἷα δρᾷν μέλλω κακά" Θυμὸς δὲ κρείσσων τῶν ἐμῶν βουλευμάτων, ἔφη τις, ἐπιγνοὺς τὴν ἑτερότυτα καὶ διχόνοιαν τῶν ἴσων δυνάμεων, Τοῦτό τοι πρῶτον καὶ σφόδρα βασιλικὸν, αὐτὸν ἑαυτοῦ βασιλεύειν, τὸν νοῦν ἐπιστήσαντα Ἶ τῷ συνοίκῳ ν ς πλῷ τ' - Θθηρίῳ, καὶ μὴ κρατεῖν ἀξιοῦντα πολλακιεμυρίων
dedogmena hapasi tois meresi tēs psychę̄s prattōn, tǭ panta pros mian archēn kekosmēsthai, kai mē apaxiōsai merē te einai, kai eis hen to holon synneusai. Horti? de dioikidei tēn pro:bolēn tōn merōn toutōn, endous autois eis energeian pollois einai, kai ana meros ethelei anapeithein to dōon, touton opsei nyn men hypsou tēn gnōmēn, nyn de hyption’ tetaragmenon nyn men hormę̄, nyn de phygę̄, kai lypai d kai hyēdonai? kai atopois orexesin, ᾿Omologei de oudepote houtoss autos heautǭ, ' Heai manthanō men hoia drąn mellō kaka" Thymos de kreissōn tōn emōn bouleumatōn, ephē tis, epignous tēn heterotyta kai dichonoian tōn isōn dynameōn, Touto toi prōton kai sphodra basilikon, auton heautou basileuein, ton noun epistēsanta I tǭ synoikǭ n s plǭ t' - Ththēriǭ, kai mē kratein axiounta pollakiemyriōn
he does as resolved by all the parts of his soul, because all have been ordered under one principle, and the parts have not refused to be parts and have converged into one whole. But whoever scatters the forward thrust of these parts, letting them be many in action and wishing to persuade the creature part by part, you will see him now lofty in mind, now laid low; troubled now by impulse, now by flight, and by pains and pleasures and strange appetites. Such a man never agrees with himself. “I understand what evils I am about to do, but passion is stronger than my counsels,” said someone who recognized the otherness and discord of powers of equal strength. This, then, is the first and a very kingly thing: to reign over oneself, setting mind over the many-formed beast that lives with it, and not to claim to rule many tens of thousands
Chapter 26
26Krabinger 1:26
ἀνθρώπων, ἔπειτα αὐτὸν δοῦλον εἶναι δεσποινῶν αἱ-,σχίστων, ἡδονῆς καὶ λύπης καὶ ὅσοι σύγγονοι θῆρεςΒ ἐνδιαιτῶνται τῷ δώῳ. ᾿Εντεῦθεν δὲ ἤδη παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ προϊὼν ὁ βασιλεὺς πρώτοις; ἐντεύξεται τοῖς πέλας τε καὶ φίλοις ὅ), μεθ᾽ ὧν συνεεώτων περὶ τῶν ὅλων βουλεύσεται. Τούτους προτερεῖ φίλους, οὐ κατειρωνευόμενος τοῦ ὀνόματος, οὐδὲ ὥιπερ οἱ κολάδοντες ὅ) τὸ τραχὺ καὶ πρόιϊαντε; τῇς δεσποτείας ἔργῳ φιλανθρωποτέρῳ τῇς ἀληθείας ὀνόματι ). Τὶ γὰρ΄ κτῆμα βασιλικὸν οὕτω,, ὥς- 10πὲρ ὁ συνὼν φίλος; τίς εὐτυχίας κοινωνὸς ἡδίων; τίς δὲ διενεγκεῖν χείρω τύχης ῥοπὴν ἀσφαλέξερος; τί ἀδολώτερος εἰς" ἔπαινον; τίς εἰς πλήττουσαν νουθεσίαν ἀἁλυπότερος; εὐγνώμονος δὲ βασιλέως ποῖον ἐπιδηλότερον τῷ πλύήθει τεκμήριον, ἢ εἰ φαίνοιτο δηλωτοὺ; Ιθ ποιῶν ἀεὶ τοὺς συνόντας; Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τοῖς πόῤῥωῚθπεν ἐραφὸς ἂν εἴ, καὶ γένοιτο ἂν ἀγαθοῖς εὐχὴ τεύξασθαι φιλίας βασιλικῆς" ὧν τἀναντία τοῖς τυράννοις ὑπάρχει,
anthrōpōn, epeita auton doulon einai despoinōn hai-,schistōn, hēdonēs kai lypēs kai hosoi syngonoi thēresB endiaitōntai tǭ dōǭ. ᾿Enteuthen de ēdē par᾽ heautou proïōn ho basileus prōtois? enteuxetai tois pelas te kai philois ho), meth᾽ hōn syneeōtōn peri tōn holōn bouleusetai. Toutous proterei philous, ou kateirōneuomenos tou onomatos, oude hōiper hoi koladontes ho) to trachy kai proiïante? tę̄s despoteias ergǭ philanthrōpoterǭ tę̄s alētheias onomati ). Ti gar΄ ktēma basilikon houtō,, hōs- 10per ho synōn philos? tis eutychias koinōnos hēdiōn? tis de dienenkein cheirō tychēs rhopēn asphalexeros? ti adolōteros eis" epainon? tis eis plēttousan nouthesian haalypoteros? eugnōmonos de basileōs poion epidēloteron tǭ plyēthei tekmērion, ē ei phainoito dēlōtou? Ith poiōn aei tous synontas? Houtō gar kai tois porrhōIthpen eraphos an ei, kai genoito an agathois euchē teuxasthai philias basilikēs" hōn tanantia tois tyrannois hyparchei,
of men while being himself the slave of the most shameful mistresses, pleasure and pain and all the kindred beasts that make their home in the creature. From here, then, going out from himself, the king will first meet those near him, his friends, with whom as companions he will take counsel about the whole. These he will call friends, not using the name ironically, nor like those who disguise the harshness and arrogance of despotism under a name kinder than the reality. For what possession is so kingly as a friend at one's side? What sharer of good fortune is sweeter? Who is surer for bearing with one a worse turn of fortune? Who more guileless in praise? Who less painful in stinging admonition? And what plainer proof of a kindly king could the multitude have than if he is seen always making his companions enviable? For so he would be loved even by those far off, and good men would pray to obtain a king's friendship. The opposite of all this holds for tyrants,
Chapter 27
27Krabinger 1:27
δι᾽ οὗ, ἡ κομψὴ παροιμία, πόῤῥω “1]ιός τε καὶ κεραυνοῦ, διὰ τοὺς ἐπιβούλω; τοῖς συνοῦσι χρωμένου, ἀδεέξερον εἶναι λέγουσα τὴν μετ᾽ ἀπραγμοσύνῃ: ἀσφάλειαν τῶν ἐν ἐπιφανεὶ βίῳ κινδύνων. Οὐ γὰρ ἔφθασέ ἢ ὅτις μακαρισθῆναι τῇς τοῦ τυράννου φιλίας καὶ ἠλεύθη τῇς ἔχθραις" ἀλλ᾽ ὅγε βασιλεὺς οἷδεν ὡς τὸ μὲν αὐταρπερ ἐν θεῷ καὶ,ἀρχαία θεὸς; οὐσία τῶν ἀρχομένων ὑπερκείμενος" ἀνθρώπῳ δὲ ἀνθρώπων ἄρχοντι πολλῶν καὶ ὁμοίων οὐκ αὐτάρκης ἡ φύσις εἰς ἅπαντος ἔργου περινόησιν. ᾿Ιώμενος οὖν τὴν τῇς φύσεως ἔνδειαν, συνουσιοῦται τοῖς φίλοις, τὴν δύναμιν ἑαυτῷ πολυπλασιάδων. Οὕτω γὰρ τοῖς ἁπάντων μὶν ὀφθαλμιοῖςὄψεται, ταῖς ἁπάντων δὲ ἀκοαῖς; ἀκούσεται καὶ ταῖ α΄ ἁπάντων γρώμαι; εἰς ἕν ἰούσαι; βουλεύσεται. 155 ἈΦἀΑΠαραφυλακτέον μέντοι Ἶ) καὶ μάλα ὅλῃ τῇ γνώωμιῇ), καὶ, εἴγε δυνάμεθα, ἅπασι τοῖς ἐν ταῖς αὐλαῖς ὅπλοις ἐπὶ τούτῳ χρῇσθαι, μὴ λάθῃ παρειδῦσα κολακεία, τὸ φιλίας πρόίφωπον περικειμένη. Ὑπὸ μόνῃς γέ τοι. ταύτης, καὶ ἀγρυπνούντων τῶν δορυφόρων,. λῃξεεύεται.20 βασιλεία" εἰφέρεται γάρ, ἣν μὴ καὶ πάνυ ἐρύκηται
di᾽ hou, hē kompsē paroimia, porrhō “1]ios te kai keraunou, dia tous epiboulō? tois synousi chrōmenou, adeexeron einai legousa tēn met᾽ apragmosynę̄: asphaleian tōn en epiphanei biǭ kindynōn. Ou gar ephthase ē hotis makaristhēnai tę̄s tou tyrannou philias kai ēleuthē tę̄s echthrais" all᾽ hoge basileus hoiden hōs to men autarper en theǭ kai,archaia theos? ousia tōn archomenōn hyperkeimenos" anthrōpǭ de anthrōpōn archonti pollōn kai homoiōn ouk autarkēs hē physis eis hapantos ergou perinoēsin. ᾿Iōmenos oun tēn tę̄s physeōs endeian, synousioutai tois philois, tēn dynamin heautǭ polyplasiadōn. Houtō gar tois hapantōn min ophthalmioisopsetai, tais hapantōn de akoais? akousetai kai tai a΄ hapantōn grōmai? eis hen iousai? bouleusetai. 155 APhaAParaphylakteon mentoi I) kai mala holę̄ tę̄ gnōōmię̄), kai, eige dynametha, hapasi tois en tais aulais hoplois epi toutǭ chrę̄sthai, mē lathę̄ pareidysa kolakeia, to philias proiphōpon perikeimenē. Hypo monę̄s ge toi. tautēs, kai agrypnountōn tōn doryphorōn,. lę̄xeeuetai.20 basileia" eipheretai gar, hēn mē kai pany erykētai
which is why the clever proverb, “far from Zeus and his thunderbolt,” said of one who treats his companions as plotters, declares that safety with obscurity is less fearful than the dangers of a conspicuous life. For no one was sooner counted fortunate for the tyrant's friendship than he was caught by his enmity. But the king knows that self-sufficiency belongs to God, since God is a primal being set above those he rules; but for a man ruling many men like himself, nature is not sufficient for planning every task. Healing, then, nature's deficiency, he joins himself to his friends, multiplying his power. For so he will see with the eyes of all, hear with the ears of all, and deliberate with the judgments of all brought together into one. But one must be on guard with all one's mind — and, if we can, use all the weapons in the courts for this — lest flattery slip in unnoticed, wearing the mask of friendship. By this alone, even while the bodyguards are awake, kingship is plundered; for it makes its way, unless it is very firmly kept out,
Chapter 28
28Krabinger 1:28
μάλα ἐνδοτέρω τῶν ταμιείων, καὶ ἐπιχειρεῖ τῷ κυριωτάτῳ τῶν βασιλέων, αὐτῇ τῇ ψυχῇ. ᾿Επεὶ τόγε φιλέταιρον ὅ οὐχ ὕκιτα ἀρετὴ βασιλέως. Τοῦτό γέ τοι καὶ Ιῦρον τὸν πάνυ καὶ ᾿Αγησίλαον ὀνοματςοτάτου; βαὅ σιλέίων ἐν “Ἕλλησι καὶ βαρβάροις. ἐποίησε. Γνώσεται μὲν δὴ τὰ ποιητέα, καὶ γνώμην ἐν τοῖς φίλοις κυρώσει" ἵνα δὲ ἔργα γένηται, χειρῶν αὐτῷ δεῖ πολλῶν. Ὅ δὲ λόγος βαδίξων ἐξάγει τὸν βασιλέα τῶν βασιλείων, καὶ μετὰ τοὺς φίλους τοῖς φρατιώται; δίδωσι, δευτέροις δὴ τούτοις φίλοις, καὶ καταβιβάσας εἷς τὸ πεδίον, ἐξεταεὴν ἀνδρῶν καὶ ἵππων καὶ ὅπλων.᾽) ποιεῖ, ἔνθα καὶ ἱππεῖ συνιππεύσει, καὶ πεξῷ συνθευσεῖται,ὉΟ καὶ συνοπλιτεύσει τῷ ὀπλίτῃ, καὶ τῷ πελταςῇ συλμιπελτασθήσεται, καὶ συνακοντιεὶ τῷ γυμνῆτι Ὗ, τῇ κοινωνίᾳ τῶν ἔργων εἰς ἔμψυχον ἑταιρίαν ἕκατον προ!αγόμενοι, ἵνα μηδὲ πρὸς τούτου εἴρων ἦ, συερατιώτας καλῶν, ἀλλὰ δημηγοροῦντα ἐπιγινώσκωσιν αὐτὸν, καὶ μαρτυρῶσιν ὡς ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἄρα τὸ ὄνομα λέγεται. “Πυιχεραίνεις ἴσως, ὅτι σοὶ πονεῖν ἐπιτάττομεν" ἀλλ᾽, ορθέμοὶ σὺ πείθου, βασιλικοῦ σώματος ἐλάχιτα πόνος
mala endoterō tōn tamieiōn, kai epicheirei tǭ kyriōtatǭ tōn basileōn, autę̄ tę̄ psychę̄. ᾿Epei toge philetairon ho ouch hykita aretē basileōs. Touto ge toi kai Iyron ton pany kai ᾿Agēsilaon onomatsotatou? bao sileiōn en “Hellēsi kai barbarois. epoiēse. Gnōsetai men dē ta poiētea, kai gnōmēn en tois philois kyrōsei" hina de erga genētai, cheirōn autǭ dei pollōn. Ho de logos badixōn exagei ton basilea tōn basileiōn, kai meta tous philous tois phratiōtai? didōsi, deuterois dē toutois philois, kai katabibasas heis to pedion, exetaeēn andrōn kai hippōn kai hoplōn.᾽) poiei, entha kai hippei synippeusei, kai pexǭ syntheuseitai,HoO kai synopliteusei tǭ oplitę̄, kai tǭ peltasę̄ sylmipeltasthēsetai, kai synakontiei tǭ gymnēti Hy, tę̄ koinōnią tōn ergōn eis empsychon hetairian hekaton pro!agomenoi, hina mēde pros toutou eirōn ē, syeratiōtas kalōn, alla dēmēgorounta epiginōskōsin auton, kai martyrōsin hōs ek tōn ergōn ara to onoma legetai. “Puicheraineis isōs, hoti soi ponein epitattomen" all᾽, orthemoi sy peithou, basilikou sōmatos elachita ponos
deep within the treasuries and attacks the most precious of the king's possessions, his soul itself. For loyalty to companions is not the least of a king's virtues. It was this that made the famous Cyrus and Agesilaus the most renowned of kings among Greeks and barbarians. He will know, then, what must be done, and will confirm a resolution among his friends; but for it to become deeds he needs many hands. The argument, proceeding, now leads the king out of the palace, and after his friends hands him over to the soldiers, friends of the second rank, and, bringing him down to the plain, makes him review men and horses and arms. There he will ride with the horseman, run with the foot soldier, serve as a hoplite with the hoplite, act as a peltast with the peltast, and throw the javelin with the light-armed, drawing each into living comradeship by sharing in the work, so that here too he may not speak ironically when he calls them fellow soldiers, but they may recognize him as one who speaks to them as one of themselves, and bear witness that the name is spoken from deeds. Perhaps you are annoyed that we bid you toil; but, take my word for it, toil touches a kingly body least.
Chapter 29
29Krabinger 1:29
ἅπτεται). Ὅτις γὰρ οὐ λανθάνει πονῶν, τοῦτον ἥκιρα πόνος νικᾳ. Βασιλέίω; δὲ σωμασκοῦντο; καὶ θυρανυ-Ὦ " λοῦντο; καὶ ὅπλοις ἐννεάδοντος οἱ πανταχοῦ δῆμοι θέατρόν εἰσι. Τῶν τὲ γὰρ παρόντων ἐπιερέφει τὰ δάλατα, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀλλαχόσε βλέπειν ἀνέχεται, βασιλέως ἐν ἀπόπτῳ τι δρῶντορ" καὶ τῶν ἀπόντων ἑνηχεὶῖ τὰ ὦτα πᾶν ἔργον βασιλέως ὠδὴ γενόμενον. “Ἰύναται δὲ ὁ συνεθισμὸς οὗτος, τὸ ἢ μὴ σπάνιον εἶναι τὸν βασιλέα θέαμα ςρατιώται;, εὔνοιάν τε αὐτοῦ καὶ μάλα ἐῤῥῥωμένην δημιουργεῖν τῶν τςρατιωτῶν ταῖς Ψψυχαῖρ Ιϊαὶ τίς ἐχυρωτέρα ὃ) βασιλεία τῆς ἔρωτι τετειχισμένης; τίς δὲ ἰδιώτης καὶ μικρὰ πράττων ἀδείςερός τε καὶ ἀνεπιβουλευτότερος ἐκείνου βασιλέως, οὐχ ὃν δεδίασιν, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ οὗ δεδίασιν οἱ ὑπήκοοις Τὸ δή τοι ερατιωτικὸν
haptetai). Hotis gar ou lanthanei ponōn, touton hēkira ponos niką. Basileiō? de sōmaskounto? kai thyrany-Ō " lounto? kai hoplois enneadontos hoi pantachou dēmoi theatron eisi. Tōn te gar parontōn epierephei ta dalata, kai oudeis allachose blepein anechetai, basileōs en apoptǭ ti drōntor" kai tōn apontōn henēcheii ta ōta pan ergon basileōs ōdē genomenon. “Iynatai de ho synethismos houtos, to ē mē spanion einai ton basilea theama sratiōtai?, eunoian te autou kai mala errhrhōmenēn dēmiourgein tōn tsratiōtōn tais Pspsychair Iïai tis echyrōtera ho) basileia tēs erōti teteichismenēs? tis de idiōtēs kai mikra prattōn adeiseros te kai anepibouleutoteros ekeinou basileōs, ouch hon dediasin, all᾽ hyper hou dediasin hoi hypēkoois To dē toi eratiōtikon
For whoever toils in the sight of others is least overcome by toil. When a king trains his body, lives in the open, and is busy with arms, the peoples everywhere are his theatre. He turns the eyes of those present, and no one can bear to look elsewhere when the king is doing something in full view; and every deed of the king, turned into song, rings in the ears of the absent. This habit — the king's not being a rare sight to the soldiers — can create in the soldiers' souls a very strong goodwill toward him. And what kingship is more secure than one walled by love? What private man, doing small things, is more free from fear and less plotted against than that king whom his subjects do not fear, but fear for? The military class
Chapter 30
30Krabinger 1:30
τὸ μαχητικὸν γένος, καὶ κυνὶ μάλιτα προτεικάξει, θηρίῳ γνώσει καὶ ἀγνοίᾳ κρίνοντι τό τε φίλιον καὶ τὸ πολέιον. Τί δ' ἂν αἴσχιον γένοιτο βασιλέως, ὃν διὰ τοὺς δωγράφου; ἐπιγινώσκουσιν οἱ προπολεμοῦντες; ᾿Ὄνήσεται δὲ οὐ μόνον τοῦτο τῇς πυκνῇ» ἢ ἐπ μιξία;, τὸ καθάπερ ἕν σῶμα συμφυὲς τὸ ἐράτευμα περικεῖσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλὰ τῶν ἐν τοῖς τοιοῖξδε καιροῖς γινομένων 8, τὰ μέν ἕξι μελέτῃ πολεμικῶν ἔργων, τὰ δέ ἐςι τρατηγίας προτέλεια καὶ παρασκευαί τινε, ἃ πρὸς τὰ μείξω τε καὶ σπουδάϊα διεγείρει. Οὐ γάρ τοι Ἢ σμικρὸν ἐν χρείᾳ δορὸς ὀνομάσαι μὲν τρατηγὸν, ὀνομάσαι δὲ ὑποςράτηγον καὶ ἰλάρχῃν ὅ) καὶ ταγματάρχην καὶ σημαιοφόρον, εἰ τύχοι, καί τινας τοῦ πρεσβυτικοῦ σὺν ἐπιγνώσει καλέσαι τε καὶ προ
to machētikon genos, kai kyni malita proteikaxei, thēriǭ gnōsei kai agnoią krinonti to te philion kai to poleion. Ti d' an aischion genoito basileōs, hon dia tous dōgraphou? epiginōskousin hoi propolemountes? ᾿Onēsetai de ou monon touto tę̄s pyknę̄» ē ep mixia?, to kathaper hen sōma symphyes to erateuma perikeisthai, alla kai polla tōn en tois toioixde kairois ginomenōn 8, ta men hexi meletę̄ polemikōn ergōn, ta de esi tratēgias proteleia kai paraskeuai tine, ha pros ta meixō te kai spoudaïa diegeirei. Ou gar toi Ē smikron en chreią doros onomasai men tratēgon, onomasai de hyposratēgon kai ilarchę̄n ho) kai tagmatarchēn kai sēmaiophoron, ei tychoi, kai tinas tou presbytikou syn epignōsei kalesai te kai pro
— the fighting class — [Plato] likens most of all to the dog, an animal that distinguishes friend and foe by knowledge and ignorance. What could be more shameful for a king than that those who fight in his defence should know him only through the painters? Not only will this benefit come from frequent mingling, that the army surrounds him like a single body grown together, but also many of the things that happen at such times: some are exercise in the works of war, others the first rites and preparations of generalship, which rouse one to greater and more serious things. For it is no small thing, in the need of war, to name a general, to name a lieutenant-general, a cavalry commander, a battalion commander and a standard-bearer, if so it happens, and to call some of the veterans by name, with recognition, and to en-
Chapter 31
31Krabinger 1:31
τρέψαι, τοὺς ἐν τέλει 1.) λίγω. καθ'᾽ ἕκατον ἱππικόν πτὲα καὶ πεξικὸν σύτημια. “Ομηρος μὲν γάρ τινα [τῶν] Θεῶν παραΞφῆσας τῇ μάχῃ τῶν ᾿Αχαιῶν, πληγῇ σκήπτρου φηδὶν αὐτὸν πιμπλάναι τοὺς νέους μένεος πραΐε- " θροϊῖο, ὡς τήν τε ψυχὴν Ιᾶάλλον ἐφωρμῇδθαι πολεμίξειν, ἡδὲ μάχεσθάι, καὶ μηδὲ τὼ πόδε, μηδὲ τὼ χεῖρε ἀτρέμας ἔχειν ἀνέχεσθαι" τὸ γὰρ ΜΝΜΙαιμώωσι δ᾽ ἔνερθε πόδες καὶ χεῖρες ὕπερθεν, ἀττουσίν ἐξσιν αὐτοκέλευτοι περὶ τὰ ἔργα τῆς μάχῃ. Ὦ Ἔ μοὶ δὲ ταὐτὸ τοῦτο ἂν ποιήσαι καὶ βασιλεὺς ὀνομαςὶ καλέσας; καὶ τὸν ἀπερισάλπιτόν τε ἄν. εἰς φιλοτιμίαν ἐγείραι παὶ τὸν ἀγωνιτὴν ἂν ἐπιθήἕαι 13. Πᾶς γὰρ ἰθέλει πονεῖν ὑπὸ μάρτυρι - τῷ
trepsai, tous en telei 1.) ligō. kath'᾽ hekaton hippikon ptea kai pexikon sytēmia. “Omēros men gar tina [tōn] Theōn paraXphēsas tę̄ machę̄ tōn ᾿Achaiōn, plēgę̄ skēptrou phēdin auton pimplanai tous neous meneos praïe- " throïio, hōs tēn te psychēn Iaallon ephōrmę̄dthai polemixein, hēde machesthai, kai mēde tō pode, mēde tō cheire atremas echein anechesthai" to gar MNMIaimōōsi d᾽ enerthe podes kai cheires hyperthen, attousin exsin autokeleutoi peri ta erga tēs machę̄. Ō E moi de tauto touto an poiēsai kai basileus onomasi kalesas? kai ton aperisalpiton te an. eis philotimian egeirai pai ton agōnitēn an epithēeai 13. Pas gar ithelei ponein hypo martyri - tǭ
-courage them — I mean those in command in each cavalry squadron and infantry unit. For Homer, setting one of the gods beside the Achaeans in battle, says that with a blow of his sceptre he filled the young men with mighty strength, so that their souls were roused the more to war and fighting, and they could not bear to keep either their feet or their hands still; for “and their feet below and their hands above were eager” means that they dart of their own accord to the work of battle. To my mind the king would do this same thing by calling men by name: he would rouse even one whom no trumpet stirs to ambition, and spur on the fighter. For everyone wishes to toil with the king as witness.
Chapter 32
32Krabinger 1:32
βασιλεῖ. "Ὃ τὸι 3} ποιητὴς οὕτως ἔοικε κρίνειν, πάμμεγα ὄφελος εἶναι βασιλεῖ καὶ εἰρηνικῷ καὶ πολεμικῷ" ὃε αὐτό που τοῦτο πρῶτον κατανοήσας, ὅτι πλείστην ἔχει ῥοπὴν εἰς εὐψυχίαν ἀνδρῶν τὸ μηδὲ ἡ τοὺς ἀγελαίους ἀγνόεῖσθαι τῷ βασιλεῖ, οὐκ ὀνόματι μόνον καλοῦντα τοὺς τρατιώτας πεποίηκεν ᾿Αγαμέμνονα, ἀλλ᾽ οὗτος αὐτῷ τὸν ἀδελφὸν νουθετεῖ πρὸς τῇ " προτηγορίᾳ πατρόθεν καὶ ἐκ γενεῆς ἄνωθεν ὀνομάξειν ἄνδρα ἕκατον, καὶ πάντας κυδαίνειν, μηδὲ μεγαλίξεσθαι. Καὶ τὸ κυδαίνειν δὲ αὖ εὖ λέγειν ἐξεὶν, εἴ τῷ τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ πραχθὲν ὃ εὐτυχηθὲν' συνηπίτατο. Ὁρᾷ, “Ὅμηρον; ἐγκωμιαςὴν ποιεῖ τὸν βασιλέα δημότου. Ἑαὶ τίς οὐκ ἂν αἴματος ἀφειδήσειε, βασιλέως αὐτὸν ἐπαινέσαντο;; αὶ τοῦτο οὖν ἥξει σοι τἀγαθὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ θαμὰ ὁμιλεῖν ςρατιώταις, καὶ προφειδήσεις αὐτῶν καὶ
basilei. "Ho toi 3} poiētēs houtōs eoike krinein, pammega ophelos einai basilei kai eirēnikǭ kai polemikǭ" hoe auto pou touto prōton katanoēsas, hoti pleistēn echei rhopēn eis eupsychian andrōn to mēde hē tous agelaious agnoeisthai tǭ basilei, ouk onomati monon kalounta tous tratiōtas pepoiēken ᾿Agamemnona, all᾽ houtos autǭ ton adelphon nouthetei pros tę̄ " protēgorią patrothen kai ek geneēs anōthen onomaxein andra hekaton, kai pantas kydainein, mēde megalixesthai. Kai to kydainein de au eu legein exein, ei tǭ ti agathon ē prachthen ho eutychēthen' synēpitato. Horą, “Homēron? enkōmiasēn poiei ton basilea dēmotou. Heai tis ouk an aimatos apheidēseie, basileōs auton epainesanto?? ai touto oun hēxei soi tagathon apo tou thama homilein sratiōtais, kai propheidēseis autōn kai
This, it seems, is how the poet judges, that it is a very great help to a king in peace and in war. Perceiving first this very thing, that it weighs most for men's courage that not even the common soldiers be unknown to the king, he made Agamemnon not only call the soldiers by name, but has him also admonish his brother, besides the address, “to name each man by his father and his lineage from of old, and to honour all, and not be proud.” And to “honour” is to speak well of someone, if he knew of some good thing done by him or achieved. Do you see how Homer makes the king the praiser of a commoner? And who would not be lavish of his blood when the king had praised him? This good, then, will come to you from associating often with soldiers; and you will know beforehand their
Chapter 33
33Krabinger 1:33
ἦθη καὶ βίους, καὶ τίς ἑκάτῳ τάξις ἐν καιροῖς ἑκάτοι; προ;- Β ῥκουσα. Θέα γὰρ δὴ καὶ τόδε. Τεχνίτῃς ἐεὶν ὁ βασιλεὺς πολέμων, ὥιπερ ὁ σκυτοτόμος ὑποδημάτων. Ἐκεῖνός τε οὖν γελοῖοι, ὅταν ἀγνοῦ τῇς τέχνης τὰ ὄργανα, ἡ δ᾽ τε βασιλεὺς πῶςς ἐπιεήσεται. χρῆσθαι ςρατιώταις ὁργάνοι,, ἂν μὴ "γινώσκῃς "Αλλ᾽ ἐνταῦθα γενόμενοι, εἰ τὸ" κοινὸν τῶν λόγων εἰς ἢ τὴν παροῦσαν τῶν λόγων ὕλην καταβιβάσδαιαι, τάχα ἂν γ᾽ οὐκ ἄπο σκοποῦ βάλοιμι" Τίς δ᾽ οἶδ᾽ εἴ κέν τοι ὅ) σὺν δαίμονι θυμιὸν ὀρίνω ( Παρειπών; ἀγαθὴ δὲ παραίφασις ἀνδρὸς ἀληθοῦ. Φημὶ. γὰρ οὐδὲν οὕτως ἔμκιπροσθεν ἄλλο χείρω ποιῆ-
ēthē kai bious, kai tis hekatǭ taxis en kairois hekatoi? pro?- B rhkousa. Thea gar dē kai tode. Technitę̄s eein ho basileus polemōn, hōiper ho skytotomos hypodēmatōn. Ekeinos te oun geloioi, hotan agnou tę̄s technēs ta organa, hē d᾽ te basileus pōss epieēsetai. chrēsthai sratiōtais horganoi,, an mē "ginōskę̄s "All᾽ entautha genomenoi, ei to" koinon tōn logōn eis ē tēn parousan tōn logōn hylēn katabibasdaiai, tacha an g᾽ ouk apo skopou baloimi" Tis d᾽ oid᾽ ei ken toi ho) syn daimoni thymion orinō ( Pareipōn? agathē de paraiphasis andros alēthou. Phēmi. gar ouden houtōs emkiprosthen allo cheirō poiē-
characters and lives, and what post befits each man at each moment. Consider this too. The king is a craftsman of wars, as the cobbler is of shoes. The cobbler is ridiculous when he does not know the tools of his craft; and how will the king know how to use soldiers as tools if he does not know them? But now that we have come to this point, if I bring the general argument down to the present matter, perhaps I would not shoot wide of the mark: “Who knows if, with heaven's help, I may stir his spirit by my counsel? Good is the counsel of a true man.” For I say that nothing before now has made the affairs of the Romans worse
Chapter 34
34Krabinger 1:34
σαι τὰ Ῥωμαίων, ὡς τὴν περὶ τὸ βασιλικὸν σῶμα σκηνὴν καὶ θεραπείαν, ἣν ὥπερ ἱερουργοῦντες ὑμῖν ἐν ἀποῤῥήτῳ ποιοῦνται, καὶ τὸ βαρβαρικῶς ἐκτεθεῖσθαι τὰ καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς ὅ). 'Ώ; οὐ. φιλεὶ συγγίνεσθαι φαντασία δ5τε καὶ ἀλήθεια. ᾿Αλλὰ σύγε μὴ δυιχεράνῃς, ὠτ ἢ τοῦτό γε οὐκ ἔσι σὸν, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἀρξάντων τῇς νόσου καὶ παραδόντων τῇ διαδοχῇ τοῦ χρόνου δηλούμενον τὸ κακόν. Τοιγαροῦν ἡ σεμνότῃς αὕτῃ καὶ τὸ δεδιέναι, μὴ. ἐξανθρωκπισθείγέε 1.) συνηθὲς γενόμενοι 1θθέαμα, κατακλείεους ποιεῖ, πολιορκουμένου; ὑφ᾽ ἕαυτῶν, ἐλάχιςα. μὲν ὁρῶντας, ἐλάχιτα δὲ ἀκούοντας, ἀφ᾽ ὧν πρακτικὴ φρόνησις συναθροίξεται, μόνας ἡδοἰένου, ᾽ τὰς. τοῦ σώματος ἡδονάς, καὶ τούτων γε τὰς ὑλικωτάτα,, ὅσας ἀφῴ τε καὶ γεῦσις. πορίξουσι, βίον 1ὅ δῶντας θαλαττίου πνεύμονος. Ἕως οὖν ἀπαξιοῦτε Π » 3ςν ἡ - ᾽,, ᾿ Ε τὸν ἄνθρωπον, οὐδὲ τῆς ἀνθρώπου τυγχάνετε τελειότῃ-
sai ta Rhōmaiōn, hōs tēn peri to basilikon sōma skēnēn kai therapeian, hēn hōper hierourgountes hymin en aporrhētǭ poiountai, kai to barbarikōs ektetheisthai ta kath᾽ hymas ho). 'Ō? ou. philei synginesthai phantasia d5te kai alētheia. ᾿Alla syge mē duicheranę̄s, ōt ē touto ge ouk esi son, alla tōn arxantōn tę̄s nosou kai paradontōn tę̄ diadochę̄ tou chronou dēloumenon to kakon. Toigaroun hē semnotę̄s hautę̄ kai to dedienai, mē. exanthrōkpistheigee 1.) synēthes genomenoi 1ththeama, katakleieous poiei, poliorkoumenou? hyph᾽ heautōn, elachisa. men horōntas, elachita de akouontas, aph᾽ hōn praktikē phronēsis synathroixetai, monas hēdoienou, ᾽ tas. tou sōmatos hēdonas, kai toutōn ge tas hylikōtata,, hosas aphǭ te kai geusis. porixousi, bion 1ho dōntas thalattiou pneumonos. Heōs oun apaxioute P » 3sn hē - ᾽,, ᾿ E ton anthrōpon, oude tēs anthrōpou tynchanete teleiotę̄-
than the stage-setting and ceremonial around the emperor's person, which they perform for you in secret, as though conducting sacred rites, and the barbaric display of your state. For show and truth do not usually keep company. But do not be annoyed: this is not your doing; the evil was begun by those who started the disease and handed it on to the succession of time. So this solemnity, and the fear of being made merely human by becoming a familiar sight, keeps you shut in, besieged by yourselves, seeing as little as possible and hearing as little as possible of the things from which practical wisdom is gathered, delighting only in the pleasures of the body, and of these the most material, those which touch and taste provide, living the life of a jellyfish. So long, then, as you disdain the human being, you do not attain even the perfection of a human being.
Chapter 35
35Krabinger 1:35
τοι᾽ καὶ γὰρ οἷς σύνεξε παρὰ δίαιτάν᾽ ᾽ τε καὶ ἄλλως, καὶ οἷς ἔσιν εἰς τὰ βασίλεια πάροδος. ἀδεέξερον, ἢ τρατηγοῖς τε καὶ λοχαγοῖ!, τούτους οὖς χαρίεντας ἄρα παρασκευάξεσθε, τοὺς μικροκεφάλους τε καὶ ὀλιγογνώδ μόναι, οὗ ἡὶ φύσις ἀμαρτάνουσα παραχαράττει, καθάπὲρ ἀδικοῦντες οἱ τραπεξῖται τὸ΄ νόμισμα" καὶ γίνεται βασιλεὶ δῶρον ἀπόπληκτος ἄνθρωπος καὶ μεῖδον ὅσον ἀποπληκτότερος" οὗτοι γελασείοντες ἐν ταὐτῷ καὶ πλαυσείοντες ἀτελῶς, καὶ σχήλιασι καὶ ψόφοις καὶ ἅπασιν ὅσοις οἷόν τε βωμολοχοῦντες συνδιαφθείρουσιν Β ὑμῖν τὸν χρόνον, καὶ τῇς, ψυχῇ! τὴν ἀχλὺν, ὃν ἐκ τοῦ μὴ φύσει δὴν ἔχετε, κακῷ μείξονι, παραμυθοῦνται. Τούτων τὰ κολοβὰ διανοήματα καὶ ῥήματα ταῖρ ἀκοαῖς ὑμῶν ἐναρμιόξεται μάλλον, ἢ νοῦς ἐκ φιλοσοφίας ἐν γλώττῃ περιτράνῳ τε καὶ ςρογγύλῃ. Ὃ δὲ τῇς θαυμαΞςῆς οἰκουρίας ἀπολελαύκατε, τοῦ δήμου τὸ μὲν φρόνιμον ὑποπτεύοντες καὶ πρὸς ἐκείνους ἀποσεμνυνόμενοι,. τὸ δὲ ἀνόητον εἐἰάγοντες καὶ πρὸς ἐκείνους, ἀπογυμνούμενοί, ἔδει μὲν εἰδέναι καλῶς ὅτι ταῖν. αὐὖδθταῖ; παρασκευαῖς ἕκατον αὔξεται καὶ συγκροτεῖται.
toi᾽ kai gar hois synexe para diaitan᾽ ᾽ te kai allōs, kai hois esin eis ta basileia parodos. adeexeron, ē tratēgois te kai lochagoi!, toutous ous charientas ara paraskeuaxesthe, tous mikrokephalous te kai oligognōd monai, hou hēi physis amartanousa paracharattei, kathaper adikountes hoi trapexitai to΄ nomisma" kai ginetai basilei dōron apoplēktos anthrōpos kai meidon hoson apoplēktoteros" houtoi gelaseiontes en tautǭ kai plauseiontes atelōs, kai schēliasi kai psophois kai hapasin hosois hoion te bōmolochountes syndiaphtheirousin B hymin ton chronon, kai tę̄s, psychę̄! tēn achlyn, hon ek tou mē physei dēn echete, kakǭ meixoni, paramythountai. Toutōn ta koloba dianoēmata kai rhēmata tair akoais hymōn enarmioxetai mallon, ē nous ek philosophias en glōttę̄ peritranǭ te kai srongylę̄. Ho de tę̄s thaumaXsēs oikourias apolelaukate, tou dēmou to men phronimon hypopteuontes kai pros ekeinous aposemnynomenoi,. to de anoēton eeiagontes kai pros ekeinous, apogymnoumenoi, edei men eidenai kalōs hoti tain. auydthtai? paraskeuais hekaton auxetai kai synkroteitai.
For those who keep you company at table and elsewhere, and who have readier access to the palace than generals and captains, these you furnish yourselves as charming companions: the small-headed and small-witted, whom nature, erring, has struck false, as dishonest money-changers do the coinage; and a crack-brained man becomes a gift for the emperor, all the greater the more crack-brained he is. These, wanting to laugh and to weep at once for no purpose, playing the buffoon with gestures and noises and every means they can, help you waste your time, and console the fog of your soul, which you have from not living according to nature, with a greater evil. Their stunted thoughts and words fit your ears better than a mind formed by philosophy on a clear and well-rounded tongue. As for what you have reaped from this wonderful life indoors — suspecting the sensible part of the people and holding yourselves aloof from them, while bringing in the senseless and baring yourselves before them — you ought to have known well that each thing grows and is held together by the same means [by which it was made].
Chapter 36
36Krabinger 1:36
᾿Αλλ᾽. ἂν ἐπιδράμῃς τῷ νῷ τὴν ὅποι τοτὲ τῇς γῇς ἐκταθεῖσαν ἀρχὴν, εἴτε τῶν Παρθυαίων, εἴτε τῶν Μακεδόνων, εἴτε τῶν “Πιρσῶν, εἴτε τῶν. παλαιτάτων Μήδων, εἴτε τὴν ἐν ἡ δῶμεν, ἄνδρες δημοτικοί τε καὶ ὅ ςρατιῶται, καὶ τὰ πολλὰ συνθυραυλοῦντές τε καὶ χαμευνοῦντε; τοῖς ἐν ταῖς φάλαγξι, καὶ οὔτε μειονεκτοῦντες πόνων, οὔτε πλεονεκτοῦντες ἡδονῶν, ἑκάτῃν ἐπικράτειαν ἐπὶ μέγα προήγαγον" δι᾽ ἐπιμελείας ἄνθρωποι κτώμενοι τἀγαθὰ καὶ γενόμενοι ξηλωτοὶ χαλεπῶς; ἂν ἔτι τὴν ἢ
᾿All᾽. an epidramę̄s tǭ nǭ tēn hopoi tote tę̄s gę̄s ektatheisan archēn, eite tōn Parthyaiōn, eite tōn Makedonōn, eite tōn “Pirsōn, eite tōn. palaitatōn Mēdōn, eite tēn en hē dōmen, andres dēmotikoi te kai ho sratiōtai, kai ta polla synthyraulountes te kai chameunounte? tois en tais phalanxi, kai oute meionektountes ponōn, oute pleonektountes hēdonōn, hekatę̄n epikrateian epi mega proēgagon" di᾽ epimeleias anthrōpoi ktōmenoi tagatha kai genomenoi xēlōtoi chalepōs? an eti tēn ē
But if you run over in your mind the empire that at any time has stretched over the earth — whether of the Parthians, or of the Macedonians, or of the Persians, or of the most ancient Medes, or the one in which we live — it was men of the people and soldiers, who for the most part lived in the open and slept on the ground with those in the ranks, having no less share of toil and no greater share of pleasure, who brought each dominion to greatness. Men who acquire good things through diligence and become enviable would with difficulty still …
Chapter 37
37Krabinger 1:37
φυλαττομένην γενέσθαι τὸ ἐκ λόγου συμβαῖνον. Τοῖς γὰρ ἐναντίοις τῶν συνιςεάντων ἕκατον φθείρεται. αὶ οὐκ ἀξιῶ παραβαθῆναι τῷ βασιλεὶ Ρωμαίων τὰ πάτρια. Πάτρια δὲ ἡγοῦ 'Ῥωμαίων οὐ τὰ χθὲρ καὶ ὅ πρώην εἰς ἐκδεδιητημένην ἤδη παρελθόντα τὴν : πολιτείαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν οἷς ὄντες ἐκτήσαντο τὴν ἀρχήν. Ἐπεὶ φέρε πρὸς τοῦ βασιλείου θεοῦ καὶ μοι πειρῶ διαμεῖναι" θυμοδακὴς γὰρ ὁ αὖθοι' πότε κάλ.λιον ἔχειν ἡγῇ τὰ Ῥωμαίων πράγμάτα; ἀφ᾽ οὐ περιπόρφυροί τὲ ἐστε καὶ περίχρυσοι, καὶ λίθους ἐξ ὁρῶν ὅ) τε καὶ θαλαττῶν βαρβάρων τοὺς μὲν ἀναδεῖσθε, τοὺς δὲ ὑποδεῖσθε, τοὺς δὲ περικεῖσθε, τοὺς δὲ ἐξαρτᾶσθε, τοὺς δὲ περονᾶσθε, τοῖς δὲ ἐφιδάνετε; Τοιγαροῦν ἀπε-
phylattomenēn genesthai to ek logou symbainon. Tois gar enantiois tōn syniseantōn hekaton phtheiretai. ai ouk axiō parabathēnai tǭ basilei Rōmaiōn ta patria. Patria de hēgou 'Rhōmaiōn ou ta chther kai ho prōēn eis ekdediētēmenēn ēdē parelthonta tēn : politeian, all᾽ en hois ontes ektēsanto tēn archēn. Epei phere pros tou basileiou theou kai moi peirō diameinai" thymodakēs gar ho authoi' pote kal.lion echein hēgę̄ ta Rhōmaiōn pragmata? aph᾽ ou periporphyroi te este kai perichrysoi, kai lithous ex horōn ho) te kai thalattōn barbarōn tous men anadeisthe, tous de hypodeisthe, tous de perikeisthe, tous de exartasthe, tous de peronasthe, tois de ephidanete? Toigaroun ape-
… [their happiness] guarded [by the opposite means]: this is what follows from reason. For each thing is destroyed by the opposites of what established it. And I ask that the emperor of the Romans should not transgress the ancestral ways. Count as ancestral to the Romans not what came in yesterday and the day before into a constitution already corrupted, but the ways by which they acquired their empire. Come now — by the god of kings, try to bear with me, for what follows stings the heart — when do you think the affairs of the Romans were in better condition: since you have been clad in purple and gold, and bind on stones from the mountains and seas of the barbarians, some on your heads, some on your feet, some around you, some hung from you, some pinned on you, some to sit on? And so you have become
Chapter 38
38Krabinger 1:38
τελέσθητε θέαμα ποικιλώτατον καὶ πάγχρουν; ὥςπερ οἱ ταῷ ὅ), τὴν ᾿Ομηρικὴν ἀρὰν ἰφ᾽ ἑαυτοὺς ἕλκοντες, τὸν. χιτῶνα τὸν λάϊνον. ᾿γμῖν δὲ οὐδὲ χιτὼν οὗτος Β ἀποχρῶν" οὐ γὰρ εἰριτητὸν εἰς τῶν ὁμοτίμων το" Ὁ βουλευτήριον, ἡνίκα ἄν τὴν ἐπώνυμον ἀρχὴν ἄρχυτε ὅ), οὔτε ἀρχαιρεσιαδόντων, οὗὐτε ἐπ᾿ ἄλλῳ τῳ συνεδριαδόντων, ἦν μὴ καὶ πέπλον τοιοῦτον ἐγκορδυλήσησθε. Καὶ δῆτα ἀποβλίπεσθε ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, οἷς θέμι: ὁρᾷν, ὡς μόνοι τῶν βουλευτῶν εὐδαίμονει, μόνοι τῶν, βουλευτῶν ἀχθοφοροῦντε;" ἀλλὰ καὶ γάννυσθε τῷ φορτίῳ, καθάπερ εἶ τις χρυσῷ δεθεὶς καὶ μᾶλλον πολυταλάντοις; ᾽") ταῖς πίδαις, ἔπειτα μηδὲν ἐπαῖοι τοῦ
telesthēte theama poikilōtaton kai panchroun? hōsper hoi taǭ ho), tēn ᾿Omērikēn aran iph᾽ heautous helkontes, ton. chitōna ton laïnon. ᾿gmin de oude chitōn houtos B apochrōn" ou gar eiritēton eis tōn homotimōn to" Ho bouleutērion, hēnika an tēn epōnymon archēn archyte ho), oute archairesiadontōn, houyte ep᾿ allǭ tǭ synedriadontōn, ēn mē kai peplon toiouton enkordylēsēsthe. Kai dēta apoblipesthe hypo tōn anthrōpōn, hois themi: horąn, hōs monoi tōn bouleutōn eudaimonei, monoi tōn, bouleutōn achthophorounte?" alla kai gannysthe tǭ phortiǭ, kathaper ei tis chrysǭ detheis kai mallon polytalantois? ᾽") tais pidais, epeita mēden epaioi tou
a most varied and all-golden spectacle, like peacocks, drawing upon yourselves the Homeric curse, the tunic of stone. And for you not even this tunic is enough: for it is not permitted to enter the council chamber of your peers, when you hold the office that gives its name to the year — whether they are holding elections or sitting on any other business — unless you have wrapped yourselves in such a robe. And indeed you are gazed at by those who are permitted to see you, as alone of the senators happy, alone of the senators bearing burdens; yet you even delight in the burden, as if someone bound with gold, and with fetters of many talents' weight at that, should then perceive nothing of the
Chapter 39
39Krabinger 1:39
κακοῦ, μηδὲ ἡγοῖτο σχέτλια πάσχειν εἰς δεσμώτα; τελῶν», ᾿Κ)ὶ πατημένος τῇ πολυτελείᾳ τῆς “συμφορά. ᾿Αλλ' οὔ γε.) μᾶλλον κινήσεται τῶν ἐν τῇ ποδοκάκῃ, τῷ φαυλοτάτῳ τῶν ξύλων. ᾿γμῖν δὲ οὐδὲ τοὐδαφός ἐτιν ἀνο- 5πτὸν, οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἐμπεριπατήσητε κατὰ φύσιν ἐχούσῃ τῇ γη᾽ ἀλλὰ δεὶ " τὴν χρυσῖτιν ἐπιφορεῖν, ἣν ἐκ τῶν πέραν ἠπείρων ὑμῖν ἀπῇναί τε καὶ ὁλκάδες διακομιὶἔουσι, καὶ ἐρατιά τίς ἑτιν οὐ φαύλῃ τῶν τὸ χῶμα ῥαινόντων. Οὐ γὰρ βασιλικὸν ἡγεῖσθε, μὴ οὐχὶ καὶ τοῖς σκύτεσι τῶν ὑποδημάτων τρυφᾷν. Ιγῦν οὖν ἀρ' ') ἢ ἀμεινονηπράττετε. ἀφ᾽ οὗ περὶ τοὺς βασιλέας ἡ. τελετὴ συνέστη, καὶ θαλαμεύεσθε.) καθάπερ αἱ σαύραι, μόλις,' εἴ πῃ, πρὸς τὴν εἴλῃην ἐκκύπτουσαι, μὴ φωραθείρτε ὦ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὄντες ἄνθρωποι; ἢ τόθ᾽ ἡνίκα : ἐξηγοῦντα τῶν ςρατευμάτων ἄνδρες ἐν μέσῳ ξῶντε;, μέλα
kakou, mēde hēgoito schetlia paschein eis desmōta? telōn», ᾿K)i patēmenos tę̄ polyteleią tēs “symphora. ᾿All' ou ge.) mallon kinēsetai tōn en tę̄ podokakę̄, tǭ phaulotatǭ tōn xylōn. ᾿gmin de oude toudaphos etin ano- 5pton, oud᾽ an emperipatēsēte kata physin echousę̄ tę̄ gē᾽ alla dei " tēn chrysitin epiphorein, hēn ek tōn peran ēpeirōn hymin apę̄nai te kai holkades diakomiieousi, kai eratia tis hetin ou phaulę̄ tōn to chōma rhainontōn. Ou gar basilikon hēgeisthe, mē ouchi kai tois skytesi tōn hypodēmatōn tryphąn. Igyn oun ar' ') ē ameinonēprattete. aph᾽ hou peri tous basileas hē. teletē synestē, kai thalameuesthe.) kathaper hai saurai, molis,' ei pę̄, pros tēn eilę̄ēn ekkyptousai, mē phōratheirte ō hypo tōn anthrōpōn ontes anthrōpoi? ē toth᾽ hēnika : exēgounta tōn srateumatōn andres en mesǭ xōnte?, mela
evil, nor think he suffers anything terrible in being numbered among prisoners, trodden down by the costliness of his misfortune. Yet he will move no more freely than those in the stocks, the meanest of woods. And for you not even the floor may be seen, nor would you walk on the earth as nature made it; gold dust must be spread over it, which wagons and merchant ships bring you from the continents beyond, and there is no mean army of those who sprinkle the dust. For you do not think it kingly unless you luxuriate even in the leather of your shoes. Now, have you fared better since this ceremonial grew up around the emperors, and you live shut in your chambers like lizards, scarcely peeping out, if at all, into the sunlight, lest men should find you out to be men? Or did you fare better then, when men who lived in public view led the armies, black-
Chapter 40
40Krabinger 1:40
νες ὑφ᾽ ἡλίῳ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἀφελῶς τε καὶ αὐτοσκευῶι ἔχοντες, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ διθυραμβωδῶ, καὶ τραγικῶς, ἐν πίλοις Δακωνικοῖ;, οὖς ἐν ταῖς εἰκόσι θεώμενα γελᾷ τὰ ειράκια, καὶ οὐδὲ ὁ γέρων δῆμος εὐτυχεῖς ἡγοῦνται γεγονέναι, πρὸς δὲ ὑμᾶς ἐξετασθῆναι, καὶ παντάπασι το κακοδαίμονα,; ᾿Α4λλ᾽ ἐκεῖνοί γε οὐκ ἀποτειχίξοντε; “ἢ ᾿ τὴν οἰκείαν, εἶργον οὔτε τοὺς ᾿Ασιανοὺ;, οὔτε τοὺς Εὐρωπαίους βαρβάρους,, ἀλλ᾽ οἷς ἐποίουν, ἐκείνους ἐνουθέτουν τὴν σφετέραν ἀποτειχίξειν, θαμὰ. διαβαίνοντες τὸν Εὐφράτην ἐπὶ τὸν Παρθναῖον, τὸν δὲ ἼΡρον ἐπὶ “ τὸν Γίτην τε “5 καὶ Μασσαγέτην. Οἱ δ᾽ ἦν ἕτερα ἀντὶ τούτων ὀνόματα θέμενοι, ἕτεροι δ᾽ αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ πρόωπα τέχνῃ παραποιήσαντες, ἵνα δὴ δοκοίη γέ νος ἄλλο νέον τε καὶ ἀλλόκοτον ἐκφῦναι. τῇς γῆ,» δεδίττονται ὑμᾶς ἀντιδιαβαίνοντες, καὶ μισθὸν εἰρήνη: ἀξιοῦσι πράττεσθαι, ᾿ ἣν μὴ ὅ σύ γε δύσεαι ἀλκήν. Β
nes hyph᾽ hēliǭ kai ta alla aphelōs te kai autoskeuōi echontes, all᾽ ou dithyrambōdō, kai tragikōs, en pilois Dakōnikoi?, ous en tais eikosi theōmena gelą ta eirakia, kai oude ho gerōn dēmos eutycheis hēgountai gegonenai, pros de hymas exetasthēnai, kai pantapasi to kakodaimona,? ᾿A4ll᾽ ekeinoi ge ouk apoteichixonte? “ē ᾿ tēn oikeian, eirgon oute tous ᾿Asianou?, oute tous Eurōpaious barbarous,, all᾽ hois epoioun, ekeinous enouthetoun tēn spheteran apoteichixein, thama. diabainontes ton Euphratēn epi ton Parthnaion, ton de IRron epi “ ton Gitēn te “5 kai Massagetēn. Hoi d᾽ ēn hetera anti toutōn onomata themenoi, heteroi d᾽ autōn kai ta proōpa technę̄ parapoiēsantes, hina dē dokoiē ge nos allo neon te kai allokoton ekphynai. tę̄s gē,» dedittontai hymas antidiabainontes, kai misthon eirēnē: axiousi prattesthai, ᾿ hēn mē ho sy ge dyseai alkēn. B
-ened by the sun and in all else simple and self-equipped — not dithyrambic and tragic — in Laconian felt caps, which the youngsters laugh at when they see them in the pictures, and which not even the old people think were the dress of fortunate men, but, compared with you, of utterly wretched ones? Yet those men did not wall off their own land, shutting out neither the Asian nor the European barbarians; rather, by what they did they taught those barbarians to wall off their own, often crossing the Euphrates against the Parthian and the Ister against the Getan and the Massagetan. But these, now taking other names instead, and some even altering their faces by art, so that a new and outlandish race might seem to have sprung from the earth, frighten you by crossing over in their turn, and demand to be paid the price of peace — “unless you put on your strength.”
Chapter 41
41Krabinger 1:41
᾿Αλλ’ ἀφείσθω μὲν, εἰ δοκεῖ, τὰ παλαιὰ πρὸς τὰ νῦν ἐξετάξειν, ἵνα δὴ μὴ ᾿) δοκοίγμεν ἐν σχήλιατι παραινέσεως ὀνειδίδειν, δεικνύντες ὡς ὅσον ἐπέδωκεν εἰς σχῆμα σοβαρὸν τὰ βασιλέως, τοσοῦτον ἀληθεία; ἀφήὅρῃται. Εἰ δὲ, ὥιπερ ἰν τῇ καθ᾽ ὑμὰς Ὦ ποικιλίᾳ γενόμένος ὁ λόγος ἰφιλοχώρησε, νέμοι τινὰ μοῖραν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τῇ πάλαι τῶν βασιλέων εἴτε ἀγροικίαν καλοῦμεν ὃ) αὐτὴν, εἴτε λιτότητα βούλεσθε, καλῶς ἂν ἀλλήλαις ἀντιπαρεκδύοιντο πολυτέλεια καὶ εὐτέλεια" καὶ γυμνὰς α ἂν οὕτω θεώμενος, ἐρασθείης ἀληθινοῦ βασιλέως κάλλους, ἀφεὶς τὸ φαινόμενόν τε καὶ ἐπιποίητον. Οὐκοῦν ἐκείνην μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν χρωμάτων ὅ) τὸ πλέον ἐγράφομεν" ταύτην δὲ οὐκ ἔσιν ἀπὸ τούτων δ), ἄλλοθεν δὲ λαβεῖν" οὐ γὰρ ἔεσιν αὐτῇ περιττά, μὴ πραγματευομένῃ περὶ αὐτά" τὰ δὲ ἤθη μᾶλλον εἰκόνες ἂν αὐτῆς εἶεν. Ἰαί τι ἔργον εὐθὺς συμλιπροκύπτει τῶν κατὰ φύσιν ἐχόντων βίων ταῖς προβολαῖ. ᾿Ἑνὸς οὖν ἄξιον ἐπιμνησθῆναι
᾿All’ apheisthō men, ei dokei, ta palaia pros ta nyn exetaxein, hina dē mē ᾿) dokoigmen en schēliati paraineseōs oneididein, deiknyntes hōs hoson epedōken eis schēma sobaron ta basileōs, tosouton alētheia? aphēorę̄tai. Ei de, hōiper in tę̄ kath᾽ hymas Ō poikilią genomenos ho logos iphilochōrēse, nemoi tina moiran heautou kai tę̄ palai tōn basileōn eite agroikian kaloumen ho) autēn, eite litotēta boulesthe, kalōs an allēlais antiparekdyointo polyteleia kai euteleia" kai gymnas a an houtō theōmenos, erastheiēs alēthinou basileōs kallous, apheis to phainomenon te kai epipoiēton. Oukoun ekeinēn men apo tōn chrōmatōn ho) to pleon egraphomen" tautēn de ouk esin apo toutōn d), allothen de labein" ou gar eesin autę̄ peritta, mē pragmateuomenę̄ peri auta" ta de ēthē mallon eikones an autēs eien. Iai ti ergon euthys symliprokyptei tōn kata physin echontōn biōn tais probolai. ᾿Henos oun axion epimnēsthēnai
But let us leave off, if you will, comparing the old with the new, lest we seem to reproach you under the guise of exhortation, by showing that as far as the emperor's state has advanced in haughty show, so far has it been robbed of truth. But if the speech, which has lingered amid your finery, were to allot some share of itself to the old ways of kings — whether we call them rusticity or you prefer simplicity — extravagance and frugality would be well stripped for a contest against each other; and seeing them thus naked you would fall in love with the true beauty of a king, letting go of what is merely apparent and artificial. The one we painted mostly from its colours; but the other cannot be drawn from these, but from elsewhere; for it has nothing superfluous, since it does not busy itself with such things, and its habits would rather be its images. And at once some deed comes forward along with the displays of lives lived according to nature. It is worth recalling one
Chapter 42
42Krabinger 1:42
βασιλέως καὶ ηθους και ἐργου" καὶ γὰρ ἀποχρῶν ἢ ὁτιοῦν πάντα συνεφελκύσασθαι. Δέγεται δή.) τινα τῶν οὐ λίαν ἀρχαίων, ἀλλ᾽ ὃν “) ἂν εἰδεῖεν καὶ τῶν νῦν γερόντων οἱ πάπποι, εἰ ὅ μὴ νέοι τοὺς παῖδας ἐτέκνωσαν, καὶ παρὰ νέων τῶν παίδων ἐγένοντο πάπποι" Δλίγεται δή τινα ἐκείνων τρατείαν μὲν ἄγειν ἐπὶ τὸν ᾿Αρσακίδην εἰς Ρωμαίους ὑβρίσαντα" ἐπειδὴ δὲ πρὸς ταῖς ὑπερβολαῖς τῶν ᾿Αραενίων γενέσθαι, πρὶν ἐπιχειρῆσαι τῇ πολεμίᾳ, δείπνου 10τε αὐτὸν ἐρασθῆναι καὶ ἐπιτάξαι τῇ τρατιᾷ τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν σκευοφόρων ἀγαθοῖ; χρῆσθαι, ὡς ἐγγύθεν ἐπισιτουμένοις, ἦν δέῃ" ἰδείκνυε Ἢ) δὲ ἄρα τοὺς Παρ- δ θυαίων ἀγρού;" ἐν τούτῳ δὲ ὄντων, πρεσβείαν ἐκ τῶν πολεμίων παρεῖναι καὶ οἴεσθαι μὲν ἤκουσαν προεντεύξεσθαι τοῖς βασιλεῖ παραδυναξεύουσι, καὶ τούτων γε
basileōs kai ēthous kai ergou" kai gar apochrōn ē hotioun panta synephelkysasthai. Degetai dē.) tina tōn ou lian archaiōn, all᾽ hon “) an eideien kai tōn nyn gerontōn hoi pappoi, ei ho mē neoi tous paidas eteknōsan, kai para neōn tōn paidōn egenonto pappoi" Dligetai dē tina ekeinōn trateian men agein epi ton ᾿Arsakidēn eis Rōmaious hybrisanta" epeidē de pros tais hyperbolais tōn ᾿Araeniōn genesthai, prin epicheirēsai tę̄ polemią, deipnou 10te auton erasthēnai kai epitaxai tę̄ tratią tois apo tōn skeuophorōn agathoi? chrēsthai, hōs engythen episitoumenois, ēn deę̄" ideiknye Ē) de ara tous Par- d thyaiōn agrou?" en toutǭ de ontōn, presbeian ek tōn polemiōn pareinai kai oiesthai men ēkousan proenteuxesthai tois basilei paradynaxeuousi, kai toutōn ge
example of a king's character and deeds; for any one is enough to draw all the rest along with it. It is said that one of the emperors — not a very ancient one, but one whom the grandfathers of today's old men would have known, if they had fathered their children young and become grandfathers through children who were young — it is said, then, that one of them was leading an expedition against the Arsacid who had wronged the Romans. When he had reached the heights of the Armenian mountains, before attacking enemy country, he felt like having his dinner, and ordered the army to use the good things from the baggage train, since they would find supplies close at hand if need be — and he pointed to the fields of the Parthians. While they were at this, an embassy arrived from the enemy, expecting first to meet those who held power beside the king, and after them
Chapter 43
43Krabinger 1:43
αὖ πελάται; τισὶ καὶ εἰξαγγελεῦσιν,ν» ὡς εἰς ἠμέραν πολ- “λοεὴν ἀπ᾽ ἐκείνη: τοὺ βασιλέως τῇ πρεσβείᾳ χρηματιρὺντο," συνενεχθῆναι ᾽) δὲ κατ᾽ αὐτὸν πως γενέσθαι. τὸν βασιλέα ὃ Ἴ), Οὐγὰρ ἡ τῶν δορυφόρων ασιλέα δειπνοῦντα ᾽" ὑ γὰρ ἣν πω τὸ τῶν δορυφόρων 5. τοιοῦτον, ἀπὸ τῇι τρατιᾶς τρατιᾶ τις ἔκκριτο;, νέοι πάν-. τες, πάντες, εὐμήπει,, τὰ κόμας ξανθοί τε καὶ περιττοὶ, Αἰεὶ ν δὲ λιπαροὶ κεφαλὰς καὶ καλὰ πρόφωπα,μ χρυσάσπιδες καὶ χρυσεολόγχαι, οἶς, ὅταν ποτὲ ὀφθῶ- «σι, τὸν βασιλέα ισημαινόμεθα ᾿, καθάπερ,. οἶμαι, ταῖς προανισχούσαις ἀκτῖσι τὸν ἥλιον' ἀλλὰ πάσα, φάλαγξ τὸ αἰκεῖον ποιοῦσα δορυφόρο;. ἦν τοῦ. βασίλέως. τὲ καὶ τῇς βασιλείας... Οἱ δὲ ἁπλῶς ἑαυτῶν εἶχον,. οὐκ ἀπὸ τῇς σκευῇ!, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τῆς ψυχῇς βασιλεῖς ὃντες, καὶ τἄνδον. τοῦ πλύήθους διέφερον" τὰ δὲ ἐκτὸς 1ὅ ὅμοιοι τοῖς. ἀγελαίοις ἐφαίνοντο,. ὥςπερ 'ἔχοντά φασι τὸν Ἡαρῖνον ὑπὸ τῇς πρεσβείας ὑφθῆναι. Φοινικοβα-Ο φὴς χιτὼν, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς πόας ἐκέκλιτο" τὸ δὲ δεῖπνον ᾿ ἣν πίσινον ἕωλον ἔτνο;, καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ τεμάχια ἄττα
au pelatai? tisi kai eixangeleusin,n» hōs eis ēmeran pol- “loeēn ap᾽ ekeinē: tou basileōs tę̄ presbeią chrēmatirynto," synenechthēnai ᾽) de kat᾽ auton pōs genesthai. ton basilea ho I), Ougar hē tōn doryphorōn asilea deipnounta ᾽" hy gar hēn pō to tōn doryphorōn 5. toiouton, apo tę̄i tratias tratia tis ekkrito?, neoi pan-. tes, pantes, eumēpei,, ta komas xanthoi te kai perittoi, Aiei n de liparoi kephalas kai kala prophōpa,m chrysaspides kai chryseolonchai, ois, hotan pote ophthō- «si, ton basilea isēmainometha ᾿, kathaper,. oimai, tais proanischousais aktisi ton hēlion' alla pasa, phalanx to aikeion poiousa doryphoro?. ēn tou. basileōs. te kai tę̄s basileias... Hoi de haplōs heautōn eichon,. ouk apo tę̄s skeuę̄!, all᾽ apo tēs psychę̄s basileis hontes, kai tandon. tou plyēthous diepheron" ta de ektos 1ho homoioi tois. agelaiois ephainonto,. hōsper 'echonta phasi ton Hēarinon hypo tę̄s presbeias hyphthēnai. Phoinikoba-O phēs chitōn, kai epi tēs poas ekeklito" to de deipnon ᾿ hēn pisinon heōlon etno?, kai en autǭ temachia atta
certain dependants and ushers, and that the king would deal with the embassy many days later; but as it happened they came upon the king himself at his dinner. For there was not yet such a body of guards as now — an army picked out of the army, all young, all tall, with fair and abundant hair, “ever sleek of head and fair of face,” with golden shields and golden spears, by whose appearance we know the emperor is near, as we know the sun, I suppose, by the rays that rise before it. Rather, the whole phalanx, doing its own part, was the bodyguard of the king and the kingdom. And the kings were simple in themselves, being kings not by their trappings but by their soul; they differed from the multitude in what was within, but in what was outside they looked like the common soldiers. So, they say, the embassy saw Carinus: in a tunic of purple dye, reclining on the grass; his dinner was a day-old pea soup, with some pieces in it
Chapter 44
44Krabinger 1:44
ταρίχῃ κρεῶν ὑείων, ἀπολελαυκότα τοῦ χρόνου. ᾿Ιδόντα δὲ αὐτὸν οὔτε ἀναθορεῖν, οὔτε μεταποιῆσαί τι Δλέ- “γεται" καλίσαντα δὲ αὐτόθεν τοῦ! ἄνδρας, εἰδέναι τε φάναι παρ᾽ αὐτὸν ἤκονται' αὐτὸς γὰρ εἶναι Ἐαρῖνος εὐ. καὶ κελεύειν ἀπαγγεῖλαι τῷ νίῳ βασιλεῖ τήμε-" 3, προιδέχεσθαι πᾶν αν. ρον, εἰ μὴ σωφρονήσοι 3 ἐν μιᾷ σελήνῃ ψι-Ὁ ἄλσο! αὐτῷ, πὰν δὲ πεδίον λότέρον ἔσεσθαι. τῇς: Ἀαρίνου κεφαλῆς" ἅμα δὲ λέγοντά φασιν ἐκδῦναι τῷ πίλου, δεικνύντα τὴν κεφαλὴν» οὐδέν τι δασυτέραν παρακειμένου τοῦ κράνου: Ἑαϊ' εἰ μὲν πεινῷεν, ἐφεῖναι συνεμβαλεῖν τῇ χύτρᾳ" μὴ δεομέναυς δὲ, κελεύειν ᾿αὐθωρὸν ἀπηλλάχθαι καὶ ἔξω τοῦ Ῥωμαϊκοῦ χάρακος εἶναι, ὡς τῇς πρεσβείας αὐτοῖς τέλος εὑρούση!. Λέγεται τοίνυν καὶ τούτων ἀνενε- 1ὅ χθέντων ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθοι, καὶ τὸν ἡγεμόνα τῶν πολεμίων, ὧν τὲ εἶδον, ὧν τε ἤκουσαν, ὅπερ εἰκὸς ἦν συμ βῆναι, φρίκην καὶ δέος ἐπιπεσεῖν ἅπασιν, εἰ πρὸς ἄνδρας μαχοῦνται τοιούτους, ὧν ὁ βασιλεὺς οὔτε βασιλεὺ ὃ ὧν, οὔτε φαλακρὸ; αἰσχύνεται, καὶ χύτραν παρατιθέμε-
tarichę̄ kreōn hyeiōn, apolelaukota tou chronou. ᾿Idonta de auton oute anathorein, oute metapoiēsai ti Dle- “getai" kalisanta de autothen tou! andras, eidenai te phanai par᾽ auton ēkontai' autos gar einai Earinos eu. kai keleuein apangeilai tǭ niǭ basilei tēme-" 3, proidechesthai pan an. ron, ei mē sōphronēsoi 3 en mią selēnę̄ psi-Ho also! autǭ, pan de pedion loteron esesthai. tę̄s: Aarinou kephalēs" hama de legonta phasin ekdynai tǭ pilou, deiknynta tēn kephalēn» ouden ti dasyteran parakeimenou tou kranou: Heaï' ei men peinǭen, epheinai synembalein tę̄ chytrą" mē deomenaus de, keleuein ᾿authōron apēllachthai kai exō tou Rhōmaïkou charakos einai, hōs tę̄s presbeias autois telos heurousē!. Legetai toinyn kai toutōn anene- 1ho chthentōn epi to plēthoi, kai ton hēgemona tōn polemiōn, hōn te eidon, hōn te ēkousan, hoper eikos ēn sym bēnai, phrikēn kai deos epipesein hapasin, ei pros andras machountai toioutous, hōn ho basileus oute basileu ho hōn, oute phalakro? aischynetai, kai chytran paratitheme-
of salted pork that had seen some age. When he saw them, it is said, he neither jumped up nor changed anything, but called the men to him where he was, and said he knew they had come to him, for he himself was Carinus; and he told them to report to the young king that very day that, unless he came to his senses, he should expect every grove and every plain of his to be barer within a single month than Carinus's head. And as he spoke, they say, he took off his cap and showed his head, no hairier than the helmet lying beside him. If they were hungry, he let them dip into the pot with him; if they had no need, he ordered them to leave at once and be outside the Roman palisade, since their embassy had reached its end. It is said, then, that when this was reported to the multitude and to the leader of the enemy — what they had seen and what they had heard — there fell upon them all, as was likely, shuddering and fear at the thought of fighting such men, whose king is ashamed neither of being a king [in such a dress] nor of being bald, and, setting out a pot,
Chapter 45
45Krabinger 1:45
νος συνδείπνους καλεῖ" ἀφικέσθαι. δὲ τὸν βασιλέα. τὸν ἀλαξόνα ᾿κατοῤῥωδήσαντα᾽. πάντα εἴκειν ἕτοιλιον ὄντα, τὸν ἐν. τιάρᾳ καὶ κάνδυϊ τῷ μετὰ χιτῶνος φαὺλων ἐρίων καὶ ἑ ἀίλου. ΡΘΡΥΣ » νυ Ἕτερον δὲ τούτου νεώτερον. ἀπούει;, οἶμαι" καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ εἰκὸς ἀνήκοόν τινα εἷναι βασιλέως ἑαυτὸν ἐπιδόντος Ἷ) εἴσω τῆς πολεμίας γενέσθαι ἐν χρείᾳ κατασκοπῆς, αιμησαμένου σχῆμα πρεσβείας. “Δειτουργεῖν [τε] ὅ) γὰρ ἦν τότε τὸ πόλεων τε καὶ τρατευμάτων ἡγεῖσθαι" καὶ ἐξώμνυντό ἢ γε πολλοὶ τὴν τοιαύτην ἀρχήν. Εἰς δέ τις αὐτῶν καὶ ἐννεάσας τῷ ἡ βασιλεύειν, ἀπειπὼν πρὸ Β τοὺς πόνους ἑκὼν ἰδιώτης ἐγύρα δ). ᾿Επεὶ καὶ τοὔνομα αὐτό σοι δείξω τοῦ βασιλέως ὄψιμον, ἐκλιπὲς Ρωμαίοις γενόμενον ἀφ" οὗ Ταρκυνίου; ὁ δῆμοι ἐξήλασεν. ᾿Απὸ τούτου γὰρ ἡμεῖς μὲν ὑμᾶς ἀξιοῦμεν καὶ καλοῦμεν βασιλίας, καὶ γράφομεν οὕτωρ' ὑμεῖς δὲ, εἴτε εἰδότει, εἴτε μὴ, συνηθείᾳ δὲ συγχωροῦντει, τὸν ὄγκον τῇς προ;ῃηγορίας ἀναδυομένοις ἐοίκατε. Οὔκουν οὔτε πρὸς; πόἂν, οὔτε πρὸς ἰδιώτην, οὔτε πρὸς ὕπαρχον ὃ) γράφοντει,
nos syndeipnous kalei" aphikesthai. de ton basilea. ton alaxona ᾿katorrhōdēsanta᾽. panta eikein hetoilion onta, ton en. tiarą kai kandyï tǭ meta chitōnos phaulōn eriōn kai he ailou. RThRYS » ny Heteron de toutou neōteron. apouei?, oimai" kai gar oude eikos anēkoon tina heinai basileōs heauton epidontos Hi) eisō tēs polemias genesthai en chreią kataskopēs, aimēsamenou schēma presbeias. “Deitourgein [te] ho) gar ēn tote to poleōn te kai trateumatōn hēgeisthai" kai exōmnynto ē ge polloi tēn toiautēn archēn. Eis de tis autōn kai enneasas tǭ hē basileuein, apeipōn pro B tous ponous hekōn idiōtēs egyra d). ᾿Epei kai tounoma auto soi deixō tou basileōs opsimon, eklipes Rōmaiois genomenon aph" hou Tarkyniou? ho dēmoi exēlasen. ᾿Apo toutou gar hēmeis men hymas axioumen kai kaloumen basilias, kai graphomen houtōr' hymeis de, eite eidotei, eite mē, synētheią de synchōrountei, ton onkon tę̄s pro?ę̄ēgorias anadyomenois eoikate. Oukoun oute pros? poan, oute pros idiōtēn, oute pros hyparchon ho) graphontei,
invites them to dinner; and that the boastful king, he of the tiara and the robe, came in terror, ready to yield everything to the man in a tunic of cheap wool and a felt cap. Another story, more recent than this, you know, I think; for it is not likely that anyone has not heard of the emperor who gave himself up to go into enemy country when reconnaissance was needed, disguised as an embassy. For then to lead cities and armies was a public service, and many even swore off such office. And one of them, having grown old in reigning, renounced the toils and of his own will became a private man. I will show you, too, that the very name of king came late, having lapsed among the Romans from the time the people drove out the Tarquins. From then on we for our part think you worthy of the title and call you kings and write so; but you, whether knowingly or not, yielding to custom, seem to shrink from the weight of the title. At any rate, when you write to a city, or to a private man, or to a prefect,
Chapter 46
46Krabinger 1:46
οὔτε πρὸς ἄρχοντα βάρβαρον ἐκαλλωπίσασθέ ποτε τῷ "βασιλέως ὀνόματι" ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοκράτορες εἶναι ποιεῖσθε. 'Ὃ δὲ αὐτοκράτωρ ὄνομα τρατηγία; ἐεὶ, πάντα ποιεῖν ὑποσάσηγ᾽ καὶ ᾿Ιφικράτη; καὶ Περικλῆς ἔπλεον ᾿Αθύήνη- 53εν αὐτοκράτορες τρατηγοὶ, καὶ οὐκ ἐλύπει τοὔνομεα τὸν δῆμον τὸν ἀδυνάςευτον 1}), ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς ἐχειροτόνει τὴν «ςρατηγίαν νόμιμον οὖσαν. ᾿Αθύνῃσι μὲν οὖν καὶ βασιλεύς τις καλούμενος μικρὰ ἔπραττε καὶ ὑπεύθυνος - ἦν, ᾿εἰς τοὔνομια; τοῦ δήμου, οἶμαι, παίξοντοι, ἅτε ὄντος ἀλρατῶ; ἐλευθέρου 1}. ἀλλ᾽ ὄγε αὐτοκράτωρ αὐτοῖς ἢ οὔτε μόναρχος ἦν, καὶ σπουδαῖον ἦν καὶ πρᾶγμα καὶ ὄνομα, Πῶςς οὖν οὐ σαφὲς τοῦτο τεκερήριον τῇς σώφρονος ἐν τῇ Ῥωμαίων πολιτείᾳ προαιρίσεως, ὅτι, καίτοι μοναρχία προδήλως ἀποτελεσθεῖσα, μίσει τῶν τυραννίδος κακῶν διευλαβεῖται καὶ φειδομένως ἃ ἅπτεται τοῦ βασιλείας ὀνόλιατο!; μοναρχίαν γὰρ διαβάλλει μιὲν τυραννὶς Ἶ,. ξηλωτὴν δὲ ποιεῖ βασιλεία ", καὶ Πλάτων αὐτὴν θεῖον ἀγαθὸν ἐν ἀνθρώποι; καλεῖ. ᾽Ο δὲ αὐτὸς οὗτος τὸ θείας
oute pros archonta barbaron ekallōpisasthe pote tǭ "basileōs onomati" all᾽ autokratores einai poieisthe. 'Ho de autokratōr onoma tratēgia? eei, panta poiein hyposasēg᾽ kai ᾿Iphikratē? kai Periklēs epleon ᾿Athyēnē- 53en autokratores tratēgoi, kai ouk elypei tounomea ton dēmon ton adynaseuton 1}), all᾽ autos echeirotonei tēn «sratēgian nomimon ousan. ᾿Athynę̄si men oun kai basileus tis kaloumenos mikra epratte kai hypeuthynos - ēn, ᾿eis tounomia? tou dēmou, oimai, paixontoi, hate ontos alratō? eleutherou 1}. all᾽ oge autokratōr autois ē oute monarchos ēn, kai spoudaion ēn kai pragma kai onoma, Pōss oun ou saphes touto tekerērion tę̄s sōphronos en tę̄ Rhōmaiōn politeią proairiseōs, hoti, kaitoi monarchia prodēlōs apotelestheisa, misei tōn tyrannidos kakōn dieulabeitai kai pheidomenōs ha haptetai tou basileias onoliato!? monarchian gar diaballei mien tyrannis I,. xēlōtēn de poiei basileia ", kai Platōn autēn theion agathon en anthrōpoi? kalei. ᾽O de autos houtos to theias
or to a barbarian ruler, you have never prided yourselves on the name of king, but are content to be emperors. And “autokrator” is the name of a generalship, one empowered to do everything. Iphicrates and Pericles sailed from Athens as generals with full powers (autokratores), and the name did not offend the people, who tolerated no overlord; the people themselves elected to the generalship, as a lawful office. At Athens, indeed, one called “king” did small things and was answerable to the people — the people, I think, playing with the name, since it was free and undiluted — but their autokrator was not a monarch, and both the thing and the name were serious. How, then, is this not a clear sign of the sober policy of the Roman constitution, that, though it plainly became a monarchy, it is wary through hatred of the evils of tyranny and touches the name of kingship sparingly? For tyranny brings monarchy into disrepute, but kingship makes it enviable, and Plato calls it a divine good among human beings. This same Plato deems that the one who has received a share of the divine
Chapter 47
47Krabinger 1:47
αεετειληχὸς ᾽) μοίρας ἀξιοὶ πάντῃ ἄτυφον εἶναι" οὐ γὰρ σκηνοβατῶν, οὐδὲ τερατουργῶν ὁ θεὸς, ἀλλὰ δι᾿ ἀἁψόφου͵ 3") Βαίνων κελεύθου, κατὰ δίκην τὰ θνήτ᾽ ἄγει, ἢ, παντί τε ἁπανταχοῦ παρεεάναι τῷ πεφυκότι μετέχειν “ἢ ἕτοιμος. Οὕτως ἀξιῶ τὸν βασιλέα κοινὸν ἀγαθὸν καὶ ἄτυφον εἶναι. Τύραννοι δὲ εἰ θαυματοποιοῦσι.πρυπτόμενοί τε καὶ σὺν ἐκπλήξει φαινόμενοι, φθόνος οὐδεὶς χήτει σεμνότητος ἀληθινῇς ἐπὶ προςποίψσιν καταφεύγειν " τὸν γὰρ οὐδὲν ὑγιὲς ὄντα καὶ εἰδότα γε τοῦτο, τίς μιῃχανὴ, ἢ οὐχὶ φεύγειν τὸ ἐμφανὲς, φεύγοντα καταφρόνῃσιν; ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἡλίου τὸ μέχρι τήμερον οὐδεὶς πω καταπιφρόνηκε. Βαΐ τοι τί συνηθέςερον. θέακα; Καὶ βασιλεὺς εἰ τεθάῤῥγκεν ἀληθινὸς ὧν καὶ’ οὐκ ἐλεγχθησόμενο;, ἔσω κοινότατρε᾽ οὐδὲν γὰρ ἧττον,
aeeteilēchos ᾽) moiras axioi pantę̄ atyphon einai" ou gar skēnobatōn, oude teratourgōn ho theos, alla di᾿ haapsophou͵ 3") Bainōn keleuthou, kata dikēn ta thnēt᾽ agei, ē, panti te hapantachou pareeanai tǭ pephykoti metechein “ē hetoimos. Houtōs axiō ton basilea koinon agathon kai atyphon einai. Tyrannoi de ei thaumatopoiousi.pryptomenoi te kai syn ekplēxei phainomenoi, phthonos oudeis chētei semnotētos alēthinę̄s epi prospoipssin katapheugein " ton gar ouden hygies onta kai eidota ge touto, tis mię̄chanē, ē ouchi pheugein to emphanes, pheugonta kataphronę̄sin? ᾿All᾽ hēliou to mechri tēmeron oudeis pō katapiphronēke. Baï toi ti synētheseron. theaka? Kai basileus ei tetharrhnken alēthinos hōn kai’ ouk elenchthēsomeno?, esō koinotatre᾽ ouden gar hētton,
portion should be wholly free of vanity. For God does not tread the stage or work marvels for show, but, “going by a noiseless path, leads mortal things according to justice,” and is ready to be present everywhere to everything that by nature can share in him. So I deem that the king should be a common good and free of vanity. If tyrants work wonders, hiding themselves and appearing amid amazement, no one grudges them, for want of true dignity, their refuge in pretence; for one who has nothing sound in him and knows it, what means has he but to flee being seen, and so flee contempt? But no one to this day has ever despised the sun; and what sight is more familiar? A king too, if he is confident, being genuine and in no danger of exposure, let him be most accessible; for he will be no less,
Chapter 48
48Krabinger 1:48
εἰ μὴ καὶ μᾶλλον ἀγατὸς ἔσται. Οὐδὲ τοῦ χωλοῖ βασιλέω,, ὃν ἐπαινεῖ “Ξενοφῶν ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ συγγράμματι, κατεγέλων οὔτε οὗς ἦγεν, οὔτε,δὶ ὧν ἦγεν, οὔτε ἐφ᾽ οὖς; ἐπορεύετο. Ἀαΐ τοι κατέλυεν οὗτος ἑκάτης πόλεως δὲν τοῖς δημοσίωτάτοι; χωρίοις, ἐν ᾧ πάντα ποιῶν καταφανέτάτος ἦν οἵν ᾿ἐπιμελὲς τὸν ἡγεμόνα τῇς Σπάρτη; ὁρᾷν' ἀλλ᾽ οὗτοι εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν τε διαβὰς ὁλί. ζ γῳ «ρατεύματι; τὸν προςκυνούμενον ᾿ἄνθρωπον ὑπὸ τῶν ἀκατονομάςων ἐθνῶν ἐγγὺς ἦλθεν ἀποβιβάσαι 10τῇ, ἀρχῆξ᾽ τοῦ μὲν γὰρ φρονήματο, ἀπεβίβασε" καὶ, ἐπειδὴ τῶν οἴκοι τελῶν καλούντων τὰς ἐν ᾿Ασίᾳ πράἕξεις ᾿ἀφήρητο, νίκας Ἑλληνικὰς ἀνῃρεῖτο πολλὰς, ὑπὸ 'μόνου τε [τῶν] ἀνθρώπων ὑττᾶτο μαχόμενοι, ὑφ᾽ οὗ κρατηθῆναι μόνου τῶν ἁπάντων “εἰκὸς ἦν “ἢ ““γῃσίλαον, καὶ ὑπὲρ εὐτελείας ἀγωνιδόμενον. Ἔπαμιειμεάνδαι " ἦν οὗτος, ὃν ςεφαν οὖσαι μὲν αἱ πόλεις ἑκά- ἢ
ei mē kai mallon agatos estai. Oude tou chōloi basileō,, hon epainei “Xenophōn en holǭ tǭ syngrammati, kategelōn oute hous ēgen, oute,di hōn ēgen, oute eph᾽ ous? eporeueto. Aaï toi katelyen houtos hekatēs poleōs den tois dēmosiōtatoi? chōriois, en hǭ panta poiōn kataphanetatos ēn hoin ᾿epimeles ton hēgemona tę̄s Spartē? horąn' all᾽ houtoi eis tēn ᾿Asian te diabas holi. z gǭ «rateumati? ton proskynoumenon ᾿anthrōpon hypo tōn akatonomasōn ethnōn engys ēlthen apobibasai 10tę̄, archēx᾽ tou men gar phronēmato, apebibase" kai, epeidē tōn oikoi telōn kalountōn tas en ᾿Asią praexeis ᾿aphērēto, nikas Hellēnikas anę̄reito pollas, hypo 'monou te [tōn] anthrōpōn hyttato machomenoi, hyph᾽ hou kratēthēnai monou tōn hapantōn “eikos ēn “ē ““gę̄silaon, kai hyper euteleias agōnidomenon. Epamieimeandai " ēn houtos, hon sephan ousai men hai poleis heka- ē
if not even more, admired. Nobody laughed at the lame king whom Xenophon praises in a whole book — neither those he led, nor those through whose land he led them, nor those against whom he marched. And yet he lodged in each city in the most public places, where everything he did was in plain view of anyone who cared to see the leader of Sparta. Yet he crossed into Asia with a small army and came near to bringing down from his rule the man whom countless nations worshipped — from his pride, indeed, he did bring him down; and when the authorities at home recalled him and he was robbed of his achievements in Asia, he won many victories in Greece, and was defeated in battle by one man only, the one man of all by whom it was likely that Agesilaus would be beaten, a man who strove even in frugality. This was Epaminondas, whom the cities, each crowning him,
Chapter 49
49Krabinger 1:49
λουν εὐωχησόμενον, ὁ. δὲ φοιτῶν αὐταῖς" οὐ γὰρ ἦν") ἄλλως ποιούντα μὴ οὐκ αἰτίαν ἔχειν τὸν ἐν ἀξιώματι " δριμέο; ὀξους ἐπέπινεν, ἵνα, φησὶ, τῇς οἴκοϊ διαίτης Ἔπα. μεινώνδας; μὴ ἐπιλάθοιτο. Ιγεανίσκυ δὲ ᾿Αττικοῦ τῆς Ὁ) ἡ μαχαίρας αὐτῷ τὴν κώπην ἐπισκώψαντοι, ὅτι ξύλου γέ φαύλου καὶ ἀκατέργατος: ἦν, οὐκοῦν ὅταν, ἔφη, μαχώμεθα, τῇς μὲν κώπης; οὐ πειράσῃ" τὸν. σίδῆρον δὲ υὐκ ἑνέραι “) σοι μέμψασθαι. ᾿- τ ΤΠ τ.Ὰ ὡἋ ἰ Εἰ δὲ βασιλιιὸν μὲν τὸ ἄρχειν, ἄρχει δὲ ὑποῖον. "3 δέον κρατεῖν. ἐξ ὧν οἱ. κρατεῖν. εἰδότιρ ἐπιτήδευμάτων
loun euōchēsomenon, ho. de phoitōn autais" ou gar ēn") allōs poiounta mē ouk aitian echein ton en axiōmati " drimeo? oxous epepinen, hina, phēsi, tę̄s oikoï diaitēs Epa. meinōndas? mē epilathoito. Igeanisky de ᾿Attikou tēs Ho) hē machairas autǭ tēn kōpēn episkōpsantoi, hoti xylou ge phaulou kai akatergatos: ēn, oukoun hotan, ephē, machōmetha, tę̄s men kōpēs? ou peirasę̄" ton. sidēron de yyk henerai “) soi mempsasthai. ᾿- t TP t.A hōA i Ei de basiliion men to archein, archei de hypoion. "3 deon kratein. ex hōn hoi. kratein. eidotir epitēdeumatōn
invited to feast; and he went to them — for a man in high position could not do otherwise without incurring blame — and drank sharp vinegar besides, “so that Epaminondas,” he said, “may not forget his diet at home.” And when an Attic youth mocked the hilt of his sword because it was of cheap and unworked wood, “Well then,” he said, “when we fight you will not try the hilt; but you will not find the iron to blame.” If, then, ruling is a kingly thing, and one must rule by the practices
Chapter 50
50Krabinger 1:50
καὶ βίων, ὁρῶμεν ὅ ὡς οὐκ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἐκφύλων τε καὶ σοβαρῶν, ἀλλ' ἀπὸ τῶν μετρίων τε καὶ σωφρόνων πάντα ἐκ πάντων συναιρεῖται, βασιλείας ἐξοριςίον εἶναι τύφον καὶ πολυτέλειαν, ὡς οὐ μετὸν αὐτῇ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων. ὅ Καὶ ὁ λόγος ἐκ τούτου προῆκται δ). ᾿Επαναγάγωμεν δὲ ἡμεῖς τε Ὦ τὸν λόγον εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρχὴν, σύ τε εἶ, ") τὸ ἀρχαῖον πρᾶγμα τὸν βασιλέα" ἀνάγκη γάρ, κεκολασμένων ὃ) τῶν βίων καὶ σωφροσύνης ἐπανελθούσῃ!, συνεπανελθεῖν μὲν αὐτῇ τὰ παλαιὰ καλὰ, τῶν Β δὲ. ἐκ τῇ, ἱναντίας μερίδος ἀντιμετάσασιν πάντων γενέσθαι. Ἑαὶ σὺ, βασιλεῦ, τῇς ἐπαναγωγῇ; τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἄρξαιο καὶ ἀποδοίη; ἡμῖν λειτουργὸν τῇς πολιτείας τὸν βασιλέα" καὶ γὰρ ἐν οἷς ἐσμὲν οὐκέτι οἵα χωρῆσαι ῥᾳθυμία οὐδὲ πρόσω βῆναι" 1δ νῦν γὰρ πάντες ἐπὶ ξυροῦ ᾽ ἴρανται ἀκμῇς, καὶ δεῖ θεοῦ καὶ βασιλέω, ἐπὶ τὰ πράγματα, τὴν ὠδινομένην
kai biōn, horōmen ho hōs ouk. apo tōn ekphylōn te kai sobarōn, all' apo tōn metriōn te kai sōphronōn panta ek pantōn synaireitai, basileias exorision einai typhon kai polyteleian, hōs ou meton autę̄ tōn allotriōn. ho Kai ho logos ek toutou proēktai d). ᾿Epanagagōmen de hēmeis te Ō ton logon eis tēn oikeian archēn, sy te ei, ") to archaion pragma ton basilea" anankē gar, kekolasmenōn ho) tōn biōn kai sōphrosynēs epanelthousę̄!, synepanelthein men autę̄ ta palaia kala, tōn B de. ek tę̄, hinantias meridos antimetasasin pantōn genesthai. Heai sy, basileu, tę̄s epanagōgę̄? tōn agathōn arxaio kai apodoiē? hēmin leitourgon tę̄s politeias ton basilea" kai gar en hois esmen ouketi hoia chōrēsai rhąthymia oude prosō bēnai" 1d nyn gar pantes epi xyrou ᾽ irantai akmę̄s, kai dei theou kai basileō, epi ta pragmata, tēn ōdinomenēn
and ways of life by which those who know how to rule do rule, we see that everything in every way is achieved not by the outlandish and the haughty, but by the moderate and the temperate; so that vanity and extravagance must be banished from kingship, as having no part in what is foreign to it. From this point the speech digressed. Let us now bring the speech back to its proper beginning, and do you bring back that ancient thing, the king. For when lives have been chastened and temperance has returned, the good things of old must return with it, and everything on the opposite side must change places. May you, O emperor, begin the restoration of good things, and give us back the king as servant of the commonwealth. For in our present state there is no longer room for sloth, nor for going further on: now all things “stand on a razor's edge,” and affairs need God and an emperor to forestall the fate that has long been in labour
Chapter 51
51Krabinger 1:51
χρόνον ἤδη συχνὸν τῆς ' Ῥωμαίων ἀρχῆς [τὴν] " εἰμαρμένην προαναιρήσοντος, ἣν, ἅμα συνάπτων τὸ 35.606 ἑξῃς τοῦ λόγου καὶ τὸν βασιλέᾳ δημιουργῶν, ὃν ἐνύργμὴν ἀγαλμα πάγκαλον ἱστάναι, δείξω γε σαφῶς ἐγγὺς οὖσαν, ἦν 3.) μὴ σοφῇ τε καὶ ἰσχυρὰ βασιλεία κωλύῃ " καὶ, ἵνα ὁ κωλύων αὐτὸς ἦ,, ἐκ τῶν ἐνόντων συμπαλαμήσομαι. Θεὸς δὲ ἀγαθοῖς ἀεί τε καὶ πάντως παρατάτῃς καὶ ἴλεω:. Πόθεν οὖν ἀπολιπόντες τὰ καινῇ διαπλαττόμενα, Ἰθτῷ πλαττομένῳ παρὰ τοῦ λόγου βασιλεῖ ) γνώμῃ περιηνέχθημεν εἰς τὰ καθετῶτα; ᾿Ηξίου φιλοσοφία τὸν βασιλέα θαμὰ ὁμιλεῖν ςρατιώταις, ἀλλὰ μ θαλαμεύε- Ὦ σθαι" τὴν γὰρ εὔνοιαν, ἢ μόνῃ παὶ μάλιςα βασιλέως
chronon ēdē sychnon tēs ' Rhōmaiōn archēs [tēn] " eimarmenēn proanairēsontos, hēn, hama synaptōn to 35.606 hexę̄s tou logou kai ton basileą dēmiourgōn, hon enyrgmēn agalma pankalon histanai, deixō ge saphōs engys ousan, ēn 3.) mē sophę̄ te kai ischyra basileia kōlyę̄ " kai, hina ho kōlyōn autos ē,, ek tōn enontōn sympalamēsomai. Theos de agathois aei te kai pantōs paratatę̄s kai ileō:. Pothen oun apolipontes ta kainę̄ diaplattomena, Ithtǭ plattomenǭ para tou logou basilei ) gnōmę̄ periēnechthēmen eis ta kathetōta? ᾿Ēxiou philosophia ton basilea thama homilein sratiōtais, alla m thalameue- Ō sthai" tēn gar eunoian, ē monę̄ pai malisa basileōs
now for a long time against the empire of the Romans. This fate, as I join the sequence of the speech and fashion the king whom I promised to set up as an all-beautiful statue, I will clearly show to be near, unless a wise and strong kingship prevents it; and, so that you may be the one who prevents it, I will help contrive it with what resources we have. And God is always and in every way the ally and the friend of the good. From where, then, leaving the new fashioning of the king whom the speech was moulding, were we carried round in thought to the present state of things? Philosophy deemed that the king should often keep company with soldiers and not live shut in his chamber; for goodwill, which alone and above all is a king's
Chapter 52
52Krabinger 1:52
ἐεὶν ἰσχυρὸν φυλακτήριον, ἐδίδασκεν ἀπὸ τῇς ὁσημέραι συνηθείας ἀθροίξεσθαι. Ποδαποῖς; οὖν τὸ γένος οὖσι τοῖς τρατιώταις φιλόσοφος, ἐρατὴς ὧν βασιλέως, ἀξιοῖ ὁ καὶ παιδεύειν τὸ σῶμα καὶ συναυλίξεσθαι; ὃ δῆλον ὅτι τοιούτοις, οὗς ἀγροὶ καὶ πόλεις καὶ καθάπὰξ ἡ βασιλευομίνν γῇ δίδωσι προμάχους καὶ καταλέγει φύλακας τῇ πολιτείᾳ τὲ καὶ τοῖς νόμοις, ὑφ᾽ ὧν ἐτρά: φησάν τε καὶ ἐπαιδεύθησαν; οὗτοι 'γάρ εἰσιν, οὖς παὶ κυσὶν ὁ Πλάτων εἴκαδεν. ᾿4λλ᾽ οὔτε τῷ ποιμένι μετὰ Ἰθ κυνῶν τοὺς λύκους τακτέον, κἄν σκύμνοι ποτὲ ἄναι-, ρεθέντες ὅ τιθασσεύεσθαι δόξωσιν, ἢ κακῶς αὖὐτοῖς πιτεύσει τὴν ποίμνην" ὅταν γάρ τινα ταῖς πυσὶν ἀσθένειαν ἢ ῥᾳθυμίαν ἐνίδωσιν, αὐταῖς τε καὶ ποίμνῃ καὶ ποιμέσιν ἐπιχειρήσουσιν. οὔτε τῷ νομο- 1ὅ θέτῃ δοτέον ὅπλα τοῖς οὐ τεχθεῖσί τε καὶ τραφεῖσιν ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῦ νόμοις" οὐ γὰρ ἔχει παρὰ τῶν τοιούτων οὐδὲν εὐνοίας ἐνέχυρον. 'Ὥς ἕξιν ἀνδρὸς θαρ.
eein ischyron phylaktērion, edidasken apo tę̄s hosēmerai synētheias athroixesthai. Podapois? oun to genos ousi tois tratiōtais philosophos, eratēs hōn basileōs, axioi ho kai paideuein to sōma kai synaulixesthai? ho dēlon hoti toioutois, hous agroi kai poleis kai kathapax hē basileuominn gę̄ didōsi promachous kai katalegei phylakas tę̄ politeią te kai tois nomois, hyph᾽ hōn etra: phēsan te kai epaideuthēsan? houtoi 'gar eisin, ous pai kysin ho Platōn eikaden. ᾿4ll᾽ oute tǭ poimeni meta Ith kynōn tous lykous takteon, kan skymnoi pote anai-, rethentes ho tithasseuesthai doxōsin, ē kakōs auytois piteusei tēn poimnēn" hotan gar tina tais pysin astheneian ē rhąthymian enidōsin, autais te kai poimnę̄ kai poimesin epicheirēsousin. oute tǭ nomo- 1ho thetę̄ doteon hopla tois ou techtheisi te kai trapheisin en tois autou nomois" ou gar echei para tōn toioutōn ouden eunoias enechyron. 'Hōs hexin andros thar.
strong safeguard, she taught is gathered from daily familiarity. Of what race, then, are the soldiers with whom the philosopher, as a lover of the king, deems he should train his body and live in camp? Clearly of such as the fields and cities, and in a word the land under his rule, provide as champions and enrol as guardians of the commonwealth and of the laws by which they were reared and educated; for these are the men whom Plato likened to dogs. But the shepherd must not place wolves among his dogs, even if, caught as cubs, they seem to have been tamed, or he will trust his flock to them to his cost; for whenever they see some weakness or slackness in the dogs, they will attack the dogs, the flock and the shepherds together. Nor must the lawgiver give arms to those not born and reared under his laws; for from such men he has no pledge of goodwill. For it belongs to a man of reckless
Chapter 53
53Krabinger 1:53
σαλίέου ' μάντεως ᾽ νεότητα πολλὴν ἑτερότροφον, ἔθεσιν ἰδίοις χρωμένην, ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τὰ πολέμια} μελετῶσαν ὁρῶντα μὴ δεδιέναις δεῖ γὰρ ἤτοι πάντας αὐτοὺς πιςεῦσαι φιλοσοφεῖν,» τούτου καλῶς ἀπογνόνὅτας οἴεσθαι τὸν Ταντάλου λίθον ὑπὲρ τῇς πολιτείας λεπτοῖς; καλωδίοις ἠρτῆσθαι. ᾿Ὥ, τότε πρῶτον ἐπιχειρήσουσιν, ὅτε πρῶτον αὐτοῖς οἰῤσονται προχωρήσειν ) τὴν πεῖραν. Τούτου μὲν οὖν καὶ ἀκροβολισμοὶ τινες ἤδη γίνονται, καὶ φλεγμαίνει μέρῃ συχνὰ τῇς: ἀρχῇ: ὥςπερ σώματοι, οὐ δυναμένων αὐτῷ συγκραθῆναι τῶν ἀλλοτρίων εἰς. ἁρμονίαν ὑγιεινήν. Ἔκκρῖναι δὲ “δεῖν τἀλλότριον ἀπὸ τε σωμάτων καὶ πόλεων ἰατρῶν (αὶ τε καὶ τρατηγῶν παῖδες ἂν εἴποιεν. Τὸ δὲ μήτε ἄἂντίπαλον αὐτοῖς κατασκευάξεσθαι δύναμιν, καὶ, ὡς ἐκείνης οἰκείας οὔσης, ἀςρατείαν τε διδόναι πολλοῖς αἰτοῦσι, καὶ πρὸς ἄλλοις ἔχειν ἀφιέναι τοὺς ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ,
salieou ' manteōs ᾽ neotēta pollēn heterotrophon, ethesin idiois chrōmenēn, en tę̄ chōrą ta polemia} meletōsan horōnta mē dedienais dei gar ētoi pantas autous piseusai philosophein,» toutou kalōs apognonotas oiesthai ton Tantalou lithon hyper tę̄s politeias leptois? kalōdiois ērtēsthai. ᾿Hō, tote prōton epicheirēsousin, hote prōton autois oirsontai prochōrēsein ) tēn peiran. Toutou men oun kai akrobolismoi tines ēdē ginontai, kai phlegmainei merę̄ sychna tę̄s: archę̄: hōsper sōmatoi, ou dynamenōn autǭ synkrathēnai tōn allotriōn eis. harmonian hygieinēn. Ekkrinai de “dein tallotrion apo te sōmatōn kai poleōn iatrōn (ai te kai tratēgōn paides an eipoien. To de mēte aantipalon autois kataskeuaxesthai dynamin, kai, hōs ekeinēs oikeias ousēs, asrateian te didonai pollois aitousi, kai pros allois echein aphienai tous en tę̄ chōrą,
boldness, or of a prophet, not to fear when he sees a great body of youth, reared elsewhere and following its own customs, practising the arts of war in our land. One must either believe that all of them are philosophers, or, despairing of that, think that the stone of Tantalus hangs over the commonwealth by thin cords. They will attack at the first moment they think the attempt will succeed. Of this there are already some skirmishes, and many parts of the empire are inflamed, as of a body, when foreign elements cannot blend with it into a healthy harmony. That the foreign must be expelled from bodies and from cities, the sons of physicians and of generals alike would tell you. Not to build up a force to match them, and, as if that force were our own, to grant exemption from service to the many who ask it, and to let those in the country busy themselves with other things —
Chapter 54
54Krabinger 1:54
τί ἄλλο, καὶ σπευδόντων ἐξὶν εἰς πλεθρὸν ἀνθῥώπων; δίον πρὸ τοῦ Σκύθα; δεῦρο 'σιδηροφοροῦντας ἀνέχεσθαι παρά τε τῆς φίλης γεωργίας ἄνδρας αἰτῆσαι τοὺς μαχεσομένου; ὑπὲρ αὐτῇ: καὶ καταλέγειν εἰς τοσοῦὅτον, ἐν ᾧ δὴ καὶ τὸν φιλόσοφον ἀπὸ τὸ φροντιςη- ἢ ρίρυ, καὶ τὸν χειροτέχνην απὸ τοῦ βαναυσεῖν ἀναΞήσαντες,, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πωλητηρίου τὸν ὄντα πρὸς τούτῳ, τόν τε κηφῆνα δῆμον, ὃ; ὑπὸ τῆς πάνυ σχο-., λῆς ἐγκαταβιοὶ τοῖς; θεάτροις, πείσομὲν ποτε καὶ σπουδάσαι, πρὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ γελᾷν ἐπὶ 'τὸ κλάειν ἀφίκωνται, αεήτε τῇς χείρονος αἰδοῦς 5, αὖτε τῆς ἀμείνογος ἐμποδὼν οὔσης τῷ τὴν ἰσχὺν Ρωμαίοις οἰκείαν γενέσθαι. Τέτακται 3“) γὰρ ὥ!περ ἐν οἴκῳ, καὶ πολιτείαις ὁμοίως τὸ μὲν ὑπερασπίξον κατὰ τὸ ἄῤῥεν, τὸ δὲ εἰς τὴν. ἐπιμέλειαν ἑσραμμένον τῶν εἴσω κατὰ τὸ θήλυι Πῶς ἃ
ti allo, kai speudontōn exin eis plethron anthrhōpōn? dion pro tou Skytha? deuro 'sidērophorountas anechesthai para te tēs philēs geōrgias andras aitēsai tous machesomenou? hyper autę̄: kai katalegein eis tosouoton, en hǭ dē kai ton philosophon apo to phrontisē- ē riry, kai ton cheirotechnēn apo tou banausein anaXēsantes,, kai apo tou pōlētēriou ton onta pros toutǭ, ton te kēphēna dēmon, ho? hypo tēs pany scho-., lēs enkatabioi tois? theatrois, peisomen pote kai spoudasai, prin apo tou geląn epi 'to klaein aphikōntai, aeēte tę̄s cheironos aidous 5, aute tēs ameinogos empodōn ousēs tǭ tēn ischyn Rōmaiois oikeian genesthai. Tetaktai 3“) gar hō!per en oikǭ, kai politeiais homoiōs to men hyperaspixon kata to arrhen, to de eis tēn. epimeleian hesrammenon tōn eisō kata to thēlui Pōs ha
what else is this but the act of men hastening to their ruin? Instead of putting up with Scythians bearing arms here, we should ask our beloved farming for men to fight on its behalf, and enlist them to the point of raising even the philosopher from his think-shop and the craftsman from his workbench and the trader from his market; and we shall persuade even the drone people, who from excess of leisure live in the theatres, to be serious at last, before they pass from laughing to weeping — and let neither the worse shame nor the better stand in the way of strength becoming the Romans' own. For as in a household, so in commonwealths, the part that holds the shield is ranked as male, and the part turned to care for what is within as female. How, then,
Chapter 55
55Krabinger 1:55
οὖν ἀνεκτὸν παρ᾽ ἡμὶν ἀλλότριον εἶναι τὸ ἀῤῥεν; πῶς δὲ οὐκ αἴσχιον 4.) παραχωρῦδαι τὴν εὐανδροτάτην ἀρχὴν ἑτέροις. τῇς ἐν πολέμῳ φιλοτιμέας; ᾿4λλ᾽ ἔγωγε, καὶ εἰ νίκας ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν νικῷεν πολλᾶς, αἰσχυνοίμην ὅ ἂν ὠφελούμενοι. ᾿Εκεῖνο μέντοι γινώσκω φρωνέω τε " καὶ γὰρ ἐγγύς ἔστιν “ἅπαντος; “Ἷ τῦ. νοῦν ἔχοντος, ὡς, ὅταν τὰ λεγόμενα ταῦτα, τὸ ἄῤῥεν τε καὶ τὸ θῆλυ, ααὐτε ἀδελφὰ τυγχάνῃ, μήτε ἄλλως ὁμογενὴ, μικρὰ πρόφασις ἀρκέσει τοὺς ὡπλισμένους τῶν ἀευπολούντων δεσπότα, ἀξιοῦν εἶναι" καὶ μαχήσονταί ποτε ἀπό-Β. λέμοι πρὸς τοὺς ἠἡσκημένου; τὸν ἐν ὅπλοις ἀγῶνα. Πρὶν οὖν εἰς τοῦτο ἥκειν, ἐφ᾽ ὃ πρόεισιν ἤδη, ἀνακτητέον 4“) ἡμῖν τὰ 'Ρωμαίων, φρονήματα καὶ συνεθιεέον αὐτουργεῖν ἑὰς νίπας, μηδὲ κοινωνίας ἀνεχομένους, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπαξιοῦντας ἐν ἁπάσῃ τάξει τὸ βάρβαρον. ᾿Αρχῶν δὲ δὴ καὶ δ) πρῶτον ἀπεληλάσθων καὶ τῶν ἐν βουλευτηρίῳ γερῶν ἀποκεκόφθων οἷς ὑπθρξεν ἢ)
oun anekton par᾽ hēmin allotrion einai to arrhen? pōs de ouk aischion 4.) parachōrydai tēn euandrotatēn archēn heterois. tę̄s en polemǭ philotimeas? ᾿4ll᾽ egōge, kai ei nikas hyper hēmōn nikǭen pollas, aischynoimēn ho an ōpheloumenoi. ᾿Ekeino mentoi ginōskō phrōneō te " kai gar engys estin “hapantos? “Hi ty. noun echontos, hōs, hotan ta legomena tauta, to arrhen te kai to thēly, aaute adelpha tynchanę̄, mēte allōs homogenē, mikra prophasis arkesei tous hōplismenous tōn aeupolountōn despota, axioun einai" kai machēsontai pote apo-B. lemoi pros tous hēēskēmenou? ton en hoplois agōna. Prin oun eis touto hēkein, eph᾽ ho proeisin ēdē, anaktēteon 4“) hēmin ta 'Rōmaiōn, phronēmata kai synethieeon autourgein heas nipas, mēde koinōnias anechomenous, all᾽ apaxiountas en hapasę̄ taxei to barbaron. ᾿Archōn de dē kai d) prōton apelēlasthōn kai tōn en bouleutēriǭ gerōn apokekophthōn hois hypthrxen ē)
can it be tolerated among us that the male part is foreign? And how is it not most shameful to yield to others the most manly sphere, the honour that is won in war? For my part, even if they won many victories on our behalf, I would be ashamed to be helped by them. This, however, I know and consider — and it lies near to everyone with sense — that when these two, as we call them, the male and the female, are neither siblings nor otherwise of one race, a small pretext will be enough for the armed to claim to be masters of the citizens; and those unfit for war will one day have to fight those trained in the contest of arms. Before we come to this, then, toward which things are already moving, we must recover the spirit of the Romans and accustom ourselves to win our victories with our own hands, tolerating no partnership but refusing the barbarian in every rank. First let them be driven from the magistracies and cut off from the privileges of the senate, those to whom
Chapter 56
56Krabinger 1:56
αἰσχύνη τὰ παρὰ 'ῬῬωμαίοις πάλαι καὶ δοκοῦντα καὶ ὄντα σεμνότατα, ἐπεὶ νῦν γε καὶ τὴν βουλαίαν Θέμιν Ὁ αὐτὴν καὶ θεὸν οἶμαι τὸν ςτράτιον ἐγκαλύπτεσθαι, ὅταν ὁ σισυροφόρο; ὅ ἄνθρωπος ἐξηγῆται χλαμύδας ἐχόνὅτων, καὶ ὅταν ἀποδύ; τις ὅπερ ἐνῆπτο κώδιον, περιβάλῃται τήβεννον καὶ τοῖς Ῥωμαίων τέλεσι συμφροντίξῃ περὶ τῶν καθεστώτων, προεδρίαν ἔχων παρ᾽ αὐτόν᾽ που τὸν ὕπατον, νομίμων ἀνδρῶν ὀπίσω θακούντων. ᾿4λλ᾽ οὗτοί γε μικρὸν τοῦ βουλευτηρίου᾽ προκύψαντες, αὖθις ἐν τοῖς κωδίοις εἰσὶ, καὶ, ὅταν τοῖς ὁπαδοῖς ὅ) συγγίνωνται, τῆς τηβέννου καταγελῶσι, μεθ' ἧ; οὐκ εἶναί φασι ξιφουλκίας εὐμοιρίαν. Θαυμάδω δ᾽ ἔγωγε ᾿πολ- Ὦ λαχῇ τε ἄλλῃ καὶ οὐχ ὕκιςα ταύτῃ τὴν ἀτοπίαν ἡμῶν" ἅπας γὰρ οἶκος ὁ καὶ ἢ κατὰ μικρὸν εὖ πράττων Σκυθικὸν ἔχει τὸν δοῦλον, καὶ ὁ τραπεδοποιὸς, καὶ ὁ περὶ τὸν ἱπνὸν Ὗ, καὶ ὁ ἀμφορεαφόρο; “Σκύθης ἐεὶν ἑκάστῳ" τῶν τε ἀκολούθων οἱ τοὺς [χθαμαλοὺς σκιμρο
aischynē ta para 'RhRhōmaiois palai kai dokounta kai onta semnotata, epei nyn ge kai tēn boulaian Themin Ho autēn kai theon oimai ton stration enkalyptesthai, hotan ho sisyrophoro? ho anthrōpos exēgētai chlamydas echonotōn, kai hotan apody? tis hoper enēpto kōdion, peribalę̄tai tēbennon kai tois Rhōmaiōn telesi symphrontixę̄ peri tōn kathestōtōn, proedrian echōn par᾽ auton᾽ pou ton hypaton, nomimōn andrōn opisō thakountōn. ᾿4ll᾽ houtoi ge mikron tou bouleutēriou᾽ prokypsantes, authis en tois kōdiois eisi, kai, hotan tois hopadois ho) synginōntai, tēs tēbennou katagelōsi, meth' hē? ouk einai phasi xiphoulkias eumoirian. Thaumadō d᾽ egōge ᾿pol- Ō lachę̄ te allę̄ kai ouch hykisa tautę̄ tēn atopian hēmōn" hapas gar oikos ho kai ē kata mikron eu prattōn Skythikon echei ton doulon, kai ho trapedopoios, kai ho peri ton hipnon Hy, kai ho amphoreaphoro? “Skythēs eein hekastǭ" tōn te akolouthōn hoi tous [chthamalous skimro
the things that among the Romans of old both seemed and were most august have been a disgrace. For now, I think, even Themis of the council and the god of armies veil their faces whenever the man in a skin coat commands those in military cloaks, and whenever someone puts off the sheepskin he wore, puts on a toga, and deliberates with the Roman magistrates about the state of affairs, holding the front seat somewhere beside the consul himself, while lawful men sit behind. But these men, once they have stepped a little way out of the senate house, are back in their sheepskins, and when they are with their followers they laugh at the toga, saying that in it there is no ease in drawing a sword. I marvel at our absurdity in many other ways, and not least in this: every household that does even moderately well has a Scythian slave; the table-setter, the man at the oven, the amphora-bearer, is for everyone a Scythian; and of the attendants, those who carry on their shoulders
Chapter 57
57Krabinger 1:57
ποδίσκου!] ὀκλαδίας ἐπὶ τῶν μων ἀνατιθέμενοι, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ " τοῖς ἐωνημένοις ἐν ταῖς ἀγυιαῖς. εἶναι καθίδεσθαι, Σικύθαι πάντες εἰσὶν, ἄνωθεν ἀποδεδειγμένου͵ τοῦ γένους ἐπιτηδείου τε καὶ ἀξιωτάτου δουλεύειν 'Ῥω-. μαίοι. Τὸ δὲ τοὺ, ξανθοὺς τούτους καὶ κομῶντας Εὐ-. βοεικῶς παρὰ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἰδίᾳ μὲν οἰκέτας ἃ εἶναι, δημοσίᾳ δὲ ἄρχοντας,. ἄηθες ὄν, τῇς θέας γένόιτο ἂν τὸ παραδρξότατον, καὶ, εἰ “μὴ τοῦτο ἔκιν͵, οὐκ ἂν εἰδείην, ὁπῆϊον ἂν εἴη τὸ καλούμενον αἴνιγμα. Ἔ» Γαλλίᾳ " μὲν οὖν Ἰρίξος καὶ Σπάρτακος ὁπλοφοροῦντε; ἀδόξως, -ἶνα θεάτρῳ γένοιντο τοῦ δήμου. “Ῥωμαίων καθάρσια, ἐπειδὺ δραπετεύσαντες τοῖς νόμοις
podiskou!] okladias epi tōn mōn anatithemenoi, eph᾽ hǭ " tois eōnēmenois en tais aguiais. einai kathidesthai, Sikythai pantes eisin, anōthen apodedeigmenou͵ tou genous epitēdeiou te kai axiōtatou douleuein 'Rhō-. maioi. To de tou, xanthous toutous kai komōntas Eu-. boeikōs para tois autois anthrōpois idią men oiketas ha einai, dēmosią de archontas,. aēthes on, tę̄s theas genoito an to paradrxotaton, kai, ei “mē touto ekin͵, ouk an eideiēn, hopēïon an eiē to kaloumenon ainigma. E» Gallią " men oun Irixos kai Spartakos hoplophorounte? adoxōs, -ina theatrǭ genointo tou dēmou. “Rhōmaiōn katharsia, epeidy drapeteusantes tois nomois
the folding chairs on which their buyers may sit in the streets are all Scythians, the race having long since proved fit and most deserving to be slaves of the Romans. But that these fair-haired men, with their hair long like the Euboeans, should be household slaves in private among the same people and rulers in public would be the most paradoxical of sights, being unheard of; and if this is not a riddle, I would not know what the thing called a riddle might be. In Italy, Crixus and Spartacus bore arms ingloriously, to make a spectacle for the people as purifications for the Romans; but when they ran away and held a grudge against the laws,
Chapter 58
58Krabinger 1:58
ἑμνησικάκησαν, τὸν. οἰκετικὸν κληθέντα πόλεμον συνεεήσαντο, βαρυσυμφορώτατον ἐν τοῖς μάλιτα τῶν τότε "Ρωμαίοις γενόμενον" ἐφ᾽ οὗς ὑπάτων καὶ «ρατηγῶν καὶ τῇ, Πομπηΐου" τύχῃς ἐδέησεν αὐτοῖς, “ἐγγὺς ἐλθούρης τῇς πόλεως ἀναρπασθῆναι τῆς γῆ:-. Ἰζαίτοι- Βὶ γε οἱ Σκαρτάκῳ καὶ Ἀρίξῳ συναποςάντες οὔτε ἐκείνοι, οὔτε ἀλλήλοις ἦσαν ὁμόφυλοι, ἀλλ᾽ ἡὶ κοινωνία τῆς τύχη!. ἐπειλγνεμένῃ προφάσεω!,, ὁμογνώμόνας ἐποίει. Φύσει γὰρ ἅπαν, οἶμαι, πολέμιον, 1θὅταν ἐλπίσῃ κρατήσειν τοῦ κυρίου, τὸ δοῦλον. ᾿ρ᾽ οὖν ὁμοίως ἔχει καὶ παρ᾽ ἡμῖνς ἢ τῷ παντὶ μεγαλειότερον τὰς ὑποθέσεις τῶν ἀτόπων ἐκερίφομεν» Οὔτε γάρ δύο ἑἐςὸν, οὔτε ἀτίμω παρ᾽ ἡμῖν οἱ φάσεως ἄν ἄρ-͵ ἕοντες, ἀλλὰ ερατεύματα μέγαλα καὶ ᾿παλαμναῖα καὶ συγγενῇ τῶν παρ᾽. ἡμῖν δούλων, εἶςι τὴν. Ῥωμαίων ἡγε- Ὁ μονίαν εἰρηῤῥηκότα πακῇ' μοίρᾳ, παρέχεται τρατηψιτηά,
hemnēsikakēsan, ton. oiketikon klēthenta polemon syneeēsanto, barysymphorōtaton en tois malita tōn tote "Rōmaiois genomenon" eph᾽ hous hypatōn kai «ratēgōn kai tę̄, Pompēïou" tychę̄s edeēsen autois, “engys elthourēs tę̄s poleōs anarpasthēnai tēs gē:-. Izaitoi- Bi ge hoi Skartakǭ kai Arixǭ synaposantes oute ekeinoi, oute allēlois ēsan homophyloi, all᾽ hēi koinōnia tēs tychē!. epeilgnemenę̄ prophaseō!,, homognōmonas epoiei. Physei gar hapan, oimai, polemion, 1thotan elpisę̄ kratēsein tou kyriou, to doulon. ᾿r᾽ oun homoiōs echei kai par᾽ hēmins ē tǭ panti megaleioteron tas hypotheseis tōn atopōn ekeriphomen» Oute gar dyo heeson, oute atimō par᾽ hēmin hoi phaseōs an ar-͵ heontes, alla erateumata megala kai ᾿palamnaia kai syngenę̄ tōn par᾽. hēmin doulōn, eisi tēn. Rhōmaiōn hēge- Ho monian eirērrhēkota pakę̄' moirą, parechetai tratēpsitēa,
they organized what was called the Servile War, the most disastrous of the wars of that time for the Romans. Against them the Romans needed consuls and generals and the good fortune of Pompey, and the city came near to being snatched from the earth. And yet those who revolted with Spartacus and Crixus were of the same race neither as those leaders nor as one another; but the common fortune, seizing a pretext, made them of one mind. For everything servile, I think, is by nature hostile when it hopes to overcome its master. Is it, then, the same with us, or have we stored up the occasions of absurdity on a far greater scale? For with us it is not two men, nor men without honour, who would lead a revolt, but great and bloodstained armies, kin to our slaves, which, having burst into the empire of the Romans in an evil hour, furnish generals
Chapter 59
59Krabinger 1:59
γοὺς μάλα ἐν ἀξιώματι παρὰ σφίσιν αὐτοῖς καὶ παρ᾽ ἡμῖν ἡμετέρῃ κακίῃ. Τούτων, ὅταν ἐθέλωσι, πρὸς οἷς ᾿ἔχουσι, καὶ τοὺς οἰκέτας ἡγοῦ ςρατιώτας εἶναι! μάλα ἰταμοὺ; καὶ θρασεῖς, ἔργοις ἀνοσιωτέροις τῇς αὐτονομίας ἐμφορησομένουι. Ἑαθαιρετέον οὖν ὑμῖν τὸν ἐπιτει- “ χισμὸν, καὶ τὴν ἔξωθεν αἰτίαν ἑξαιρετέον τῇς νόσου, πρὶν ἀποσημῆναι “3 καὶ τὸ ῥῆγμα τὸ ὕπουλον, πρὶν Ὦ ἐλεγχθῆναι τὴν τῶν ἐνοικούντων δυςμένειαν. ᾿Αρχόμενά τοι κρατεῖται τὰ κακὰ, κρατύνεται δὲ προϊόντα. 1ἴαθαρτέον δὴ τῷ βασιλεῖ τὸ ςρατόπεδον, ὥ!περ θημῶνα πυρῶν, οὗ δειάν τε ἐκκρίνομεν καὶ ὅσα παραβλατάνει, λύμη τῷ γενναίῳ τε καὶ γνησίῳ’ σπέρματι. Ἐὶ δέ σοι δοκῶ τὰ μηκέτι ῥάδια συμβουλεύειν, οὐκ ἐννενόηκα:, ἀνδρῶν ποίων μὲν ὄντι σοὶ βασιλεῖ, περὶ δὲ ἔθνου; ὁποίου τοὺς λόγους ποιοῦμαι; Οὐ “Ῥωμαῖοι
gous mala en axiōmati para sphisin autois kai par᾽ hēmin hēmeterę̄ kakię̄. Toutōn, hotan ethelōsi, pros hois ᾿echousi, kai tous oiketas hēgou sratiōtas einai! mala itamou? kai thraseis, ergois anosiōterois tę̄s autonomias emphorēsomenoui. Heathaireteon oun hymin ton epitei- “ chismon, kai tēn exōthen aitian hexaireteon tę̄s nosou, prin aposēmēnai “3 kai to rhēgma to hypoulon, prin Ō elenchthēnai tēn tōn enoikountōn dysmeneian. ᾿Archomena toi krateitai ta kaka, kratynetai de proïonta. 1iatharteon dē tǭ basilei to sratopedon, hō!per thēmōna pyrōn, hou deian te ekkrinomen kai hosa parablatanei, lymē tǭ gennaiǭ te kai gnēsiǭ’ spermati. Ei de soi dokō ta mēketi rhadia symbouleuein, ouk ennenoēka:, andrōn poiōn men onti soi basilei, peri de ethnou? hopoiou tous logous poioumai? Ou “Rhōmaioi
held in very high honour among their own people, and among us through our own baseness. Reckon that, whenever they wish, their slaves too, besides the soldiers they have, will be soldiers, very reckless and bold, ready to glut themselves on the more unholy deeds of independence. You must, then, pull down this fortress raised against us, and remove the outside cause of the disease before the hidden abscess shows itself and bursts, before the hostility of those who live among us is exposed. Evils are mastered at their beginning and grow strong as they advance. The emperor must purge the army as one purges a heap of wheat, separating out the darnel and whatever grows up alongside, a bane to the noble and genuine seed. And if I seem to you to advise what is no longer easy, you have not considered what kind of men you are king of, and about what kind of nation I am speaking. Are not the Romans
Chapter 60
60Krabinger 1:60
ν᾿. ᾿,,,“« Σ.. » "σε", Ψὴ ν᾽ Ω μεν περιεγένοντο, αφ Ὃν και τουνομα αὐτων εἰς αν βωπου; ἠκούσθη, καὶ κρατοῦσιν ἁπάντων, οἷς συμμίξει- δ᾽ αν,. καὶ χειρὶ. καὶ γνώμῃ, καὶ τὴν γὴν ἐπῆλθον, ὥϊπερ “Ομηρός φησι “) τοὺς θεούς" 5. ᾿Ανθρώπων ὕβριν τε καὶ εὐνομίαν ἐφέποντε; Δ) Σκύθα; δὲ ᾽) τούτους Ηρόδοτός τέ φησι καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁρῶμεν. κατεχομένους ἅπαντας ὑπὸ “νόσου θηλείας ὅ). Οὗτοι γάρ εἰσιν, ἀφ᾽ ὧν οἱ πανταχοῦ δοῦλοι οἱ μηδὲποτε γῇς ἐγκρατεῖς, δι᾽ οὖς ἡ ΣΣκυθῶν ἐρημία πεπαροιίαφαι, φεύγοντες ἀεὶ τὴν οἰκείαν" οὗ, ἐξ ἠἡθέων τῶν «σφετέρων, φασὶν οἱ τὰ παλαιὰ παραδόντες, Ἀιμμέριοί 8Β τε ἀνέφρησαν πρότερον, καὶ αὖθις ἕτεροι, καὶ αἱ γυναϊκές ποτε, καὶ" οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν, καὶ ὁ Μακεδὼν, ὑφ᾽ ὧν
n᾿. ᾿,,,“« S.. » "se", Psē n᾽ Ō men periegenonto, aph Hon kai tounoma autōn eis an bōpou? ēkousthē, kai kratousin hapantōn, hois symmixei- d᾽ an,. kai cheiri. kai gnōmę̄, kai tēn gēn epēlthon, hōïper “Omēros phēsi “) tous theous" 5. ᾿Anthrōpōn hybrin te kai eunomian epheponte? D) Skytha? de ᾽) toutous Ērodotos te phēsi kai hēmeis horōmen. katechomenous hapantas hypo “nosou thēleias ho). Houtoi gar eisin, aph᾽ hōn hoi pantachou douloi hoi mēdepote gę̄s enkrateis, di᾽ ous hē SSkythōn erēmia peparoiiaphai, pheugontes aei tēn oikeian" hou, ex hēētheōn tōn «spheterōn, phasin hoi ta palaia paradontes, Aimmerioi 8B te anephrēsan proteron, kai authis heteroi, kai hai gynaïkes pote, kai" hoi pateres hymōn, kai ho Makedōn, hyph᾽ hōn
… the ones who prevailed, from which their very name came to be heard among men, and who rule all with whom they have engaged, both by hand and by judgment, and have gone over the earth, as Homer says of the gods, “watching over the insolence and the lawfulness of men”? But these Scythians, as Herodotus says and as we see, are all held by a “female disease.” For they are the people from whom slaves come everywhere, who have never been masters of land, through whom the Scythian desert has become a proverb, always fleeing their own country. As those who have handed down ancient history tell, the Cimmerians first drove them from their homes, and then others, and once the women, and your fathers, and the Macedonian, by whom
Chapter 61
61Krabinger 1:61
τῶν μὲν εἰς τοὺ εἴσω, τῶν δὲ εἰς τοὺς ἔξω προὐχώρῃσαν ἢ). αὶ οὐ παύονταί γε, ἕως ἂν ὦσι τοῖς; καταντικρὺ παρὰ τῶν ἐλαυνόντων ἀντιδιδόμενοι " ἀλλ᾽, ὅταν ἐμπέσωσιν ἄφνω τοῖς οὐ 'προιδεχομένοις, ἐπὶ χρόδνον ταράττουσιν, ὥςπερ ᾿Ασσυρίους ᾽) πάλαι καὶ Μήδους καὶ Παλαιείνους, καὶ τὸ νῦν ᾿δὴ τοῦτο παρ᾽ ἡμᾶς 1.) οὐ πολεμῃσείοντες ἦλθον, ἀλλ᾽ ἱκετεύσοντες Ἂν, ἐπειδὴ πάλιν ἀνίταντος ΜΙαλακωτέροι; δὲ ἐντυχόντες οὐ τοῖς ὅπλοις Ῥωμαΐων, ἀλλὰ τοῖς θεσιν, ὥπερ ἴ-α σως; ἔδει πρὸς ἱκέτας, γένος ἀμαθὲς τὸ εἰκὸς ἀπεδίδου, καὶ ἐθρασύνετο, καὶ ἠἡγνωμόνει τὴν εὐεργεσίαν, ὑπὲρ οὗ πατρὶ τῷ σῷ δίκας ἐπ᾿ αὐτοὺς ὠπλισμένῳ δίδοντες, αὖθιρ ἦσαν οἰκτροὶ καὶ ἱκέται.) σὺν γυναιξὶν ἐκαθίδον" ὁ δὲ τῷ πολέμῳ νικῶν ἐλέῳ παρὰ πλεὶῖ- 1ὅτον ἡττᾶτο, καὶ ἀνίτῃ τῇς ἱκετείας, καὶ συμμιάχους ἐποίει, καὶ πολιτείας ἠξίου, καὶ μετεδίδου γερῶν, καὶ Ὑῦ: τι ἰδάσατο τοῖς παλαμναίοι; ᾿Ρωμαϊκῇ:, ἀνὴρ τῷ μεγαλόφῥρονε! καὶ γενναίῳ τῇ: φύσεως ἐπὶ τὸ πρᾶον ἢ
tōn men eis tou eisō, tōn de eis tous exō prouchōrę̄san ē). ai ou pauontai ge, heōs an ōsi tois? katantikry para tōn elaunontōn antididomenoi " all᾽, hotan empesōsin aphnō tois ou 'proidechomenois, epi chrodnon tarattousin, hōsper ᾿Assyrious ᾽) palai kai Mēdous kai Palaieinous, kai to nyn ᾿dē touto par᾽ hēmas 1.) ou polemę̄seiontes ēlthon, all᾽ hiketeusontes An, epeidē palin anitantos MIalakōteroi? de entychontes ou tois hoplois Rhōmaïōn, alla tois thesin, hōper i-a sōs? edei pros hiketas, genos amathes to eikos apedidou, kai ethrasyneto, kai hēēgnōmonei tēn euergesian, hyper hou patri tǭ sǭ dikas ep᾿ autous ōplismenǭ didontes, authir ēsan oiktroi kai hiketai.) syn gynaixin ekathidon" ho de tǭ polemǭ nikōn eleǭ para pleii- 1hoton hēttato, kai anitę̄ tę̄s hiketeias, kai symmiachous epoiei, kai politeias ēxiou, kai metedidou gerōn, kai Hyy: ti idasato tois palamnaioi? ᾿Rōmaïkę̄:, anēr tǭ megalophrhrone! kai gennaiǭ tę̄: physeōs epi to praon ē
some were driven inward, others outward. And they do not stop until those who drive them hand them over in turn to the peoples opposite. But when they fall suddenly upon people who do not expect them, they cause trouble for a time, as long ago to the Assyrians and Medes and Palestinians. And now this people came to us not to make war but to beg, since they had been uprooted again. Meeting with gentler things — not the arms of the Romans but their customs, as was perhaps right toward suppliants — the ignorant race paid back the expected return: it grew insolent and was ungrateful for the kindness. For this they paid the penalty to your father when he armed himself against them, and were again pitiable suppliants and sat down with their women. And he, victor in the war, was for the most part defeated by pity: he raised them from their supplication, made them allies, thought them worthy of citizenship, gave them a share of privileges, and allotted to those bloodstained men some Roman land — a man who, through the greatness and nobility of his nature, inclined toward mildness
Chapter 62
62Krabinger 1:62
χρησάμενοι. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἀρετῆς γε τὸ βάρβαρον οὐ ξυνίνσιν. ἀρξάμενοι γὰρ ἐκεῖθεν ),. τὸ μέχρι τοῦδε παταγελῶσιν ἡμῶν, εἰδότες ὧν τε ἦσαν (ἄξιοι παρ᾽ ἡμῶν, καὶ ὧν ἡξιωθησαν" τό τε κλέος τοῦτο γείτοσιν αὐτῶν ἤδη τὴν ἐφ᾽ ἡμὰς ὡδοποίησε. - ἴαί τινες ἐκφοιτῶσιν ἱπποτο- ᾿ξόται ξένοι παρὰ τοὺς ῥᾳδίου; ἀνθρώπονς, φιλοφροσύ- “μὴν αἰτοῦντες, παράδειγμα ἐκείνους τοὺς χείρους. ποιούμενοι. Καὶ προβαίνειν ἔοικε τὸ κακὸν εἷς τὴν καλου- Ἃ μένην; ὑπὸ τῶν πολλῶν πειθανάγκην. Φιλοσοφίᾳ 1τ0γὰρ οὐ διενεκτέον ὑπὲρ τῶν ὀνομάτων, ὑπηρεσίαν τῇ διανοίᾳ ξυτούσῃ, κἂν χαμιόθεν αὐτὴν εἰς τὰ πρά-,γματα. συμπορίξηται τρανύν τε καὶ ἐφαρμόξουσαν. Πῶς οὖν οὐ χαλεπὸν ἀναμαχεσαμένους τὸ κλέος, ᾿Εξελάᾳν ἐνθένδε κύνας ἢ Ἀηρεσσιφορήτου;;
chrēsamenoi. ᾿All᾽ aretēs ge to barbaron ou xyninsin. arxamenoi gar ekeithen ),. to mechri toude patagelōsin hēmōn, eidotes hōn te ēsan (axioi par᾽ hēmōn, kai hōn hēxiōthēsan" to te kleos touto geitosin autōn ēdē tēn eph᾽ hēmas hōdopoiēse. - iai tines ekphoitōsin hippoto- ᾿xotai xenoi para tous rhądiou? anthrōpons, philophrosy- “mēn aitountes, paradeigma ekeinous tous cheirous. poioumenoi. Kai probainein eoike to kakon heis tēn kalou- Ha menēn? hypo tōn pollōn peithanankēn. Philosophią 1t0gar ou dienekteon hyper tōn onomatōn, hypēresian tę̄ dianoią xytousę̄, kan chamiothen autēn eis ta pra-,gmata. symporixētai tranyn te kai epharmoxousan. Pōs oun ou chalepon anamachesamenous to kleos, ᾿Exelaąn enthende kynas ē Aēressiphorētou??
in his dealings. But the barbarian does not understand virtue. Beginning from then, they have laughed at us to this day, knowing what they deserved from us and what they were thought worthy of; and this fame of theirs has already made the road to us for their neighbours. And some foreign mounted archers now come out to these easy-going men, asking for kind treatment, taking those worse men as their example. And the evil seems to be advancing toward what most people call “persuasion by force”; for philosophy should not quarrel about names, if it seeks the service of thought, even if it fetches it from the ground, clear and fitting, for the matter in hand. How, then, shall we not, once we have fought back for our glory, “drive away from here the dogs borne on by the fates”?
Chapter 63
63Krabinger 1:63
τὸ γενόμενον ἀπ᾽ αὐτῇς ἐκλιπὲς. καὶ ἡθμηροι αὐτὸ τὔθυρίσι τοῖρ. ἀρίτο "ὁ.. ἶ. Θυμὸς δὲ μέγα!. ἐσὶ ἐρίων, βασιλήων. τς ' ᾿Θυμοῦ οὖν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας ὅ), καὶ ἢ᾽ γεωργήσονὅσιν ἐξ ἐπιτάγματοι, ὥπερ πάλαι Ἶ. Πᾳκεδαιμονίοις ΝΜῖεσύνιοι. ὅ τὰ ὅπλα καταβαλόντες. εἰλώτευον, καὶ φεύξονται τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδὸν αὖθις, τοῖς πέραν τοῦ Ἶ. ποταμρῦ διαγγέλλοντες, ὡς οὐκ ἐκεῖνα. ἔτι͵ παρὰ 'Ῥωμιαίοις͵ τὰ μείλιχα " ἀλλ᾽ ἐξηγεῖταί 1}) τις αὐτῶν, νέος τε καὶ γενναῖο!,; ἴ ἰ. ᾿Ζεινὸς ἀνὴρ, τάχα κεν καὶ ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο.. σ
to genomenon ap᾽ autę̄s eklipes. kai hēthmēroi auto tythyrisi toir. arito "ho.. i. Thymos de mega!. esi eriōn, basilēōn. ts ' ᾿Thymou oun epi tous andras ho), kai ē᾽ geōrgēsonosin ex epitagmatoi, hōper palai I. Pąkedaimoniois NMiesynioi. ho ta hopla katabalontes. eilōteuon, kai pheuxontai tēn autēn hodon authis, tois peran tou I. potamry diangellontes, hōs ouk ekeina. eti͵ para 'Rhōmiaiois͵ ta meilicha " all᾽ exēgeitai 1}) tis autōn, neos te kai gennaio!,? i i. ᾿Zeinos anēr, tacha ken kai anaition aitioǭto.. s
… “Great is the wrath of kings.” Let the king, then, be wrathful against these men, and either they will farm under orders, as the Messenians of old laid down their arms and served the Lacedaemonians as helots, or they will flee again by the same road, bringing word to those beyond the river that the Romans' old mildness is no more, but that a young and noble man leads them — “a terrible man, who might even blame the blameless.”
Chapter 64
64Krabinger 1:64
ἘΠῚ μὲν ὁ πολεμικὸς παντὸς “ιᾶλλον.- "εἰρηνικός" μόνῳ γὰρ ἕξεςιν εἰρήνην ἄγειν τῷ δυναμένῳ" τὸν ἀδικοῦντα κακῶσαι, καὶ φαίην ἄν ἔγωγε, τὸν βασιλέα “τοῦτον. πάντα ἐκ ποντῶν' τὰ αἰ εἰρήνην συγμεπροςῦσθαι, ΩΝ ᾿πολιῤθδεεαὶ “ γὰρ," εἰ" μὴ πολεμήσει. Ἔει μὴν εἰρήνῃ πολέμου μαϊαριώτερον, ὅτι' καὶ "διὰ ἢ «ὃν! "εἰρήνην τὰ τοῦ". πολέμου παρασκευἄξεται.. Τέλος οὖν ὄν, τῶν δι᾽ αὐτὸ δικαίως ἂν προτιμῷτο. Παλῶ; “ἦν ἔχει τῷ σώματι τῇς ἡγεμονίας, διχῇ διαιρεθέντι κατὰ τὸν ὄχλον τὸν ὡπλισμένον καὶ ἄοπλον Ἢ, ἀνὰ μέρος ἑαυτὸν ἑκάτῳ διδόναι καὶ συνεῖναι μετὰ τὰς μαχίλιους ταῖς πόλεσι καὶ τοῖς; δήμοις, οἷς διὰ τῶν μαχίμων ἄδειαν “γεωργίας καὶ πολιτείας ἐἐπορισάμεθα. ΙΣυνέξαι δὲ τοῖς μὲν ἐπιφοιτῶν, ὅσοις οἷόν τε τῶν ἰθνῶν καὶ ὅσαὶϊς 5. οἷόν τε τῶν πόλεων" εἰς ὃ δὲ μὴ ἀφικνεῖται τοῦ ἀρχοῖ μέμου, καὶ τούτου ὃ) δὴ ἐπιμελήσεται τῷ πεφηνότι δυνατῷ καὶ καλλίετῳ τῶν,τρόπών. 1. Τὸ δὲ χρῆμα τῶν πρεσβειῶν ἄλλως τε ἱερὸν καὶ δεῦρο τοῦ παντὸς ἄξιον, αἷς ὁμιλῶν βασιλεὺ, οὐδέν.
EPI men ho polemikos pantos “iallon.- "eirēnikos" monǭ gar hexesin eirēnēn agein tǭ dynamenǭ" ton adikounta kakōsai, kai phaiēn an egōge, ton basilea “touton. panta ek pontōn' ta ai eirēnēn sygmeprosysthai, ŌN ᾿polirthdeeai “ gar," ei" mē polemēsei. Eei mēn eirēnę̄ polemou maïariōteron, hoti' kai "dia ē «hon! "eirēnēn ta tou". polemou paraskeuaxetai.. Telos oun on, tōn di᾽ auto dikaiōs an protimǭto. Palō? “ēn echei tǭ sōmati tę̄s hēgemonias, dichę̄ diairethenti kata ton ochlon ton hōplismenon kai aoplon Ē, ana meros heauton hekatǭ didonai kai syneinai meta tas machilious tais polesi kai tois? dēmois, hois dia tōn machimōn adeian “geōrgias kai politeias eeporisametha. ISynexai de tois men epiphoitōn, hosois hoion te tōn ithnōn kai hosaiïs 5. hoion te tōn poleōn" eis ho de mē aphikneitai tou archoi memou, kai toutou ho) dē epimelēsetai tǭ pephēnoti dynatǭ kai kallietǭ tōn,tropōn. 1. To de chrēma tōn presbeiōn allōs te hieron kai deuro tou pantos axion, hais homilōn basileu, ouden.
Such a man, then, being warlike, is more peaceful than anyone; for only one who is able to harm the wrongdoer can keep peace. And I would say that for this king all things from every side will contribute to peace; for [he would be besieged] if he will not make war. Yet peace is more blessed than war, because it is for the sake of peace that the things of war are prepared. Being the end, it would rightly be preferred to what exists for its sake. It would be well, since the body of the empire is divided in two, into the armed and the unarmed multitude, for him to give himself to each part in turn, and after the fighting men to be with the cities and the peoples, for whom, through the fighting men, we have secured safety for farming and civic life. He will be with them by visiting as many nations and as many cities as he can; and the part of his realm which he does not reach, this too he will care for by the means that has proved possible and finest. The business of embassies is both sacred in other ways and here worth everything: by meeting them the king will know nothing
Chapter 65
65Krabinger 1:65
τι.) μεῖον εἴσεται τῶν ἀγχοῦ τὰ. Χύῤῥω, οὐδὲ ὄψεως αἰσθύσει τὴν᾽ ὑπὲρ τῇς ἀρχῆς προμιήθειαν᾽ ὁριεῖται' ᾿ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐγερεῖ τὸ πεπτωκὸς, οὐκ ἰδὼν, καὶ ἐπιδώσει τοῖν. ἀπορουμένοις τῶψ. δήμων, καὶ «ἀνήσει «λειτουργιῶν.. τοὺς πάλαι λειτουργίαις πονοῦντας, καὶ ὑπισχνούμενον ἐκρήξει καὶ ὄντα ἀνελεῖ πόλεμον, καὶ, τὶ ὁ ἄλλο προ-Β διοικήσεται.. Ταῦτα παρὰ τῶν πρεσβειῶν ἕξει. δίκῦν θεοῦ λοτ το, ον τ ἄκος πάντ᾽ ἐφορᾷν καὶ πάντ᾽, ἑπακούειν ὃ)" αἷς εὐπρότοδος ἴστω καὶ πατὴρ ὧς 'ὕπιος,. τοῦτο μὲν ἤδη καὶ γείτοσι καὶ μιὴ γείτοσιν ). Ὁμήρου γάρ' αὐτὸ καθαπαξ περὶ τοῦ κατ᾽ αὐτὸν εἰρηνικοῦ βασιλέως λίγονεοι ἤκουσα ». Καὶ πρῶτόν γε ἐπιτετάχθων. καὶ δεδιδάχθων δι οἱ “ρατιῶται φείδεσθαὶ τε καὶ ἤκιτα λυπυηροὶ γίνεσθαι τοῖς ἀευπόλοις τε καὶ ἀγροδιαίτοις, μεμνημένοι πόνων
ti.) meion eisetai tōn anchou ta. Chyrrhō, oude opseōs aisthysei tēn᾽ hyper tę̄s archēs promiētheian᾽ horieitai' ᾿alla kai egerei to peptōkos, ouk idōn, kai epidōsei toin. aporoumenois tōps. dēmōn, kai «anēsei «leitourgiōn.. tous palai leitourgiais ponountas, kai hypischnoumenon ekrēxei kai onta anelei polemon, kai, ti ho allo pro-B dioikēsetai.. Tauta para tōn presbeiōn hexei. dikyn theou lot to, on t akos pant᾽ ephorąn kai pant᾽, hepakouein ho)" hais euprotodos istō kai patēr hōs 'hypios,. touto men ēdē kai geitosi kai miē geitosin ). Homērou gar' auto kathapax peri tou kat᾽ auton eirēnikou basileōs ligoneoi ēkousa ». Kai prōton ge epitetachthōn. kai dedidachthōn di hoi “ratiōtai pheidesthai te kai ēkita lypyēroi ginesthai tois aeupolois te kai agrodiaitois, memnēmenoi ponōn
less of what is far off than of what is near, nor will he limit his forethought for the empire to what his eyes perceive; he will raise up what has fallen without seeing it, give to those peoples who are in need, relieve of public burdens those long worn out by them, break off a threatened war and end one in progress, and arrange anything else beforehand. These things he will have from the embassies … “who sees all and hears all.” To them let him be easy of access, and “gentle as a father,” to neighbours and those not neighbours alike; for I have heard Homer say this, once and for all, of the peaceful king of his time. And first let the soldiers be commanded and taught to spare the townspeople and the country-dwellers and to be least burdensome to them, remembering for the sake of whose toils
Chapter 66
66Krabinger 1:66
οὗν δέ’ αὐτοὺς ἀνείλοντο. “ἵνα γὰρ σώξηται τὰ πόλεων τε καὶ γῇ: ἀγαθὰ, βασιλεύς τε προπολεμεῖ' καὶ καταλέγεν. τὰφτ προπολεμήσοντας “. “Ὅκιρ οὖν ἐμοῦ ὅ) τὸν ἐν" ᾿ἀλλόφυλον ἐχθρὸν ἀπερύκει, αὐτὸ δὲ οὐ τὰ μὲέτριά' "ιθι χρῆται, οὗτος: οὐδέν. μοι δοκεὶ διαφέρειν κυνὸς, δι᾽ ναὐτὸ τοῦτο. τοὺς λύκους ὡς ποῤῥωτάτω διώκοντοῖς, ἵνα αὐτὸς “ἢ ἐπὶ σχολῆς" κεραΐδη᾽ Ἱτὴν ποίμνην, δέον ἀπίχειν τὴς φυλακῆς ὅ τὸν μισθὸν, τοῦ γάλακτος ἐμφορούμενον. ᾿Ακρεβὴς. οὖν εἰρήνη πεπαιδεῦσθαι τοὺς εραειώτα; τοῖς; ἀύπλοις ὡς ἀδελφοῖς χρῆσθαι, μόνα φεῥομένους ὅσα ἐβάχθηδαν, ἜΣ ΡΒ τς Οὐδὲ τὸ τρύχειν εἰςφοραῖ; τὰς πόλεις ἦ βασιλικόν. ᾿Αγαθῷ Ἶ γὰρ ὄντι ποῦ καὶ δεῖ χρημάτων πολλῶν, οὔτε χαυνότητι γνώμης ὅ) εἰς ἔργα δαπανηρὰ καθιέντι, τῷ καὶ ἀντὶ σώφρονος χρείας ἀλαξόνα φιλοτιμίαν πρεσβεύοντι, οὔτε μειρακιώδει γνώμῃ καταχαριδομένῳ ταῖς
houn de’ autous aneilonto. “hina gar sōxētai ta poleōn te kai gę̄: agatha, basileus te propolemei' kai katalegen. tapht propolemēsontas “. “Hokir oun emou ho) ton en" ᾿allophylon echthron aperykei, auto de ou ta meetria' "ithi chrētai, houtos: ouden. moi dokei diapherein kynos, di᾽ nauto touto. tous lykous hōs porrhōtatō diōkontois, hina autos “ē epi scholēs" keraïdē᾽ Hitēn poimnēn, deon apichein tēs phylakēs ho ton misthon, tou galaktos emphoroumenon. ᾿Akrebēs. oun eirēnē pepaideusthai tous eraeiōta? tois? auplois hōs adelphois chrēsthai, mona pherhomenous hosa ebachthēdan, ES RB ts Oude to trychein eisphorai? tas poleis ē basilikon. ᾿Agathǭ I gar onti pou kai dei chrēmatōn pollōn, oute chaunotēti gnōmēs ho) eis erga dapanēra kathienti, tǭ kai anti sōphronos chreias alaxona philotimian presbeuonti, oute meirakiōdei gnōmę̄ katacharidomenǭ tais
they took up arms. For it is so that the goods of the cities and of the land may be kept safe that the king fights in front of them and enlists those who will fight in front of them. Whoever, then, wards off the foreign enemy from my flock but himself uses it immoderately seems to me no different from a dog that chases the wolves as far away as possible for this very reason, that it may itself ravage the flock at leisure, when it ought to take as the wage of its watch its fill of the milk. Strict peace requires that the soldiers be trained to treat the unarmed as brothers, taking only what they have been assigned. Nor is it kingly to wear out the cities with taxes. For where does a good king need much money? He is neither one who through looseness of mind lets himself into costly works, preferring boastful ambition to sober need, nor one who with a boy's mind lavishes on
Chapter 67
67Krabinger 1:67
ἐπὶ σκηνῇ: -} παϊδιαὶξ τοὺς τῶν σπουδαίων ἱδρῶτας" ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ εἰς ἀνάγκην ἀφικνοὐμένῳ συχνῶν πολέμων, οὗ, ὁ Μάκων ) φησὶν οὐ ξετανμένα σιτεῖσθαι; ἀνεπιβούλευτὸν γὰρ καὶ ἀνεπιχείρητον ὁ λόγοι ἔ ἐποίει τὸν ἐἰγα- κα 5, θόν, Συνεταλμένων οὖν αὐτῷ τῶν ἐφ᾽ ἃ δεῖ, πέριττῶν. ΗΠ. οὐδὲν δεῖ. Τούτων ἔξεςι ὅ) γίνεσθαι ποριτὴν ἀἁλυπότατον, τὰ μὲν ἀναγκαῖα τῶν ἐλλειμμάτων ἀνιέντα, τὰ δὲ σύμμετρα ταῖς τῶν εἰφερόντων δυνάμεσιν ἀγαπῶντα. Βασιλεὺς δ᾽ ἐρασιχρήματος αἰσχίων καπήλου" ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἔνδειαν οἴκου παραμυθεῖται, τῷ δὲ ἀπροφάσιςος τὴ κακία τῆς γνώμλιῃ:. ᾿Εγωγέ τοι θαμὰ ἐπισκοπούμενος ἕκατα τῶν παθῶν, ὀποίους ἡμῖν τοὺς προιτετηκότας ἄνδρας παρέχεται, κατιδεῖν ἐμοὶ δοκῶ καὶ τοῖς ἰδιώταις τὸ χρηματιεικὸν τοῦτο φῦλον, ὥς ἅπαντος μᾶλλον ἀγεν- Β χηνέ τέ ἔσι καὶ κακόηθες καὶ ἀκριβῶς ἀνελεύθερον, ἐν μιόνῃ τε ἂν τῇ νοσούσῃ πολιτείᾳ χώραν εὐρίσκοι τἂν οὐ παντάπασιν ἄτιμον. Οἷ γε καὶ ᾿φθάσαντες᾽ ὑφ᾽ αὐτῶν ") αὐτοὶ κατεφρονήθησαν, ὅτι τῷ βουλήματι τῇς
epi skēnę̄: -} païdiaix tous tōn spoudaiōn hidrōtas" all᾽ oude eis anankēn aphiknoumenǭ sychnōn polemōn, hou, ho Makōn ) phēsin ou xetanmena siteisthai? anepibouleuton gar kai anepicheirēton ho logoi e epoiei ton eiga- ka 5, thon, Synetalmenōn oun autǭ tōn eph᾽ ha dei, perittōn. ĒP. ouden dei. Toutōn exesi ho) ginesthai poritēn haalypotaton, ta men anankaia tōn elleimmatōn anienta, ta de symmetra tais tōn eipherontōn dynamesin agapōnta. Basileus d᾽ erasichrēmatos aischiōn kapēlou" ho men gar endeian oikou paramytheitai, tǭ de aprophasisos tē kakia tēs gnōmlię̄:. ᾿Egōge toi thama episkopoumenos hekata tōn pathōn, opoious hēmin tous proitetēkotas andras parechetai, katidein emoi dokō kai tois idiōtais to chrēmatieikon touto phylon, hōs hapantos mallon agen- B chēne te esi kai kakoēthes kai akribōs aneleutheron, en mionę̄ te an tę̄ nosousę̄ politeią chōran euriskoi tan ou pantapasin atimon. Hoi ge kai ᾿phthasantes᾽ hyph᾽ autōn ") autoi katephronēthēsan, hoti tǭ boulēmati tę̄s
the amusements of the stage the sweat of serious men; nor one driven to the need of many wars, which, as the Laconian says, do not feed on fixed rations; for our argument made the good king one whom no one plots against or attacks. With his expenses, then, held to what is needed, he needs nothing superfluous. He can become the gentlest of revenue-raisers, remitting arrears that are unavoidable and content with what is proportionate to the means of those who pay. A money-loving king is more shameful than a huckster; for the huckster relieves the want of his household, but the king's vice of mind has no excuse. For my part, often examining each of the passions and what sort of men it makes of those who are given to it, I think I see even among private persons that this money-making tribe is more ignoble than any other, malicious and thoroughly illiberal, and would find a place not wholly dishonoured only in a diseased commonwealth. They have already been despised even by themselves, because, against the will of
Chapter 68
68Krabinger 1:68
φύσεως ἀντικειμένως διενοήθησαν περὶ τὸ πρῶτον καὶ πολλοςόν" ἐπεὶ τὸ μὲν σῶμα συνέταξεν εἰς ὑπηρεσίαν 'ψυχῇ:, τὰ δὲ ἐκτὸς εἰς χρείαν σώματος, τῷ "δὲ ὑξέρῳ δέδωκε δεύτερα" οἱ δὲ καὶ σῶμα καὶ ψυχὴν τῷ δτρίτῳ συνάπτουσι. Σφὰ, ὃν αὐτοὺς ἀτιμάσαντες : καὶ τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἡγούμενον δοῦλον ποιήσαντες, τί ἂν ( ἔθ᾽ οὗτοι μέγα καὶ σεμνὸν κὶ πράξειαν κὶ βουλεύσειαν; Οὗς ἐγὼ καὶ μυρμήκων ἀγεννεξέρους ἀποφηνάμενος καὶ μᾶλλον ὀλιγογνώμονας, οὐκ αἰσχύνομαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν" οἱ μὲν γὰρ χρείᾳ δωῇς μετροῦσι τὸν πόρον, οἱ δὲ τὴν δωὴν μετρεῖν ἀξιοῦσι τῇ χρεία τοῦ πόρου. ᾿Ελατίον οὖν αὐτοῦ τε καὶ τῶν ἀρχομένων τὴν χαλεπὴν ταύτην κῇρα, ἵν᾽ ἀγαθὸ; ἀγαθῶν ἄρχῃς καὶ δῆλον ἀρετῆς ἀντειξενεκτέον, ἦι αὐτὸς βασιλεὺς καὶ ἀγωνιςὴς καὶ ἀγωνοθέτης γενέσθω 3, αὶ γὰρ αἰσχρὸν, ἔφη διακοντίδεσθαι μὲν δημοσίᾳ καὶ διαπληκτίδε- ἢ τὶς, σθαι, καὶ Ξεφάνου; εἶναι τοῖς ταῦτα νικῶσι, μὴ διασωφρονίδεσθαι δὲ μηδένα, μηδὲ διαρετίξεσθαι. Εἰκὸς δήπου,
physeōs antikeimenōs dienoēthēsan peri to prōton kai polloson" epei to men sōma synetaxen eis hypēresian 'psychę̄:, ta de ektos eis chreian sōmatos, tǭ "de hyxerǭ dedōke deutera" hoi de kai sōma kai psychēn tǭ dtritǭ synaptousi. Spha, hon autous atimasantes : kai to en autois hēgoumenon doulon poiēsantes, ti an ( eth᾽ houtoi mega kai semnon ki praxeian ki bouleuseian? Hous egō kai myrmēkōn agennexerous apophēnamenos kai mallon oligognōmonas, ouk aischynomai tēn alētheian" hoi men gar chreią dōę̄s metrousi ton poron, hoi de tēn dōēn metrein axiousi tę̄ chreia tou porou. ᾿Elation oun autou te kai tōn archomenōn tēn chalepēn tautēn kę̄ra, hin᾽ agatho? agathōn archę̄s kai dēlon aretēs anteixenekteon, ēi autos basileus kai agōnisēs kai agōnothetēs genesthō 3, ai gar aischron, ephē diakontidesthai men dēmosią kai diaplēktide- ē tis, sthai, kai Xephanou? einai tois tauta nikōsi, mē diasōphronidesthai de mēdena, mēde diaretixesthai. Eikos dēpou,
nature, they think in reverse about what is first and what is last. For nature ordered the body to the service of the soul, and external things to the use of the body, and gave the last the second place; but they subject both body and soul to the third. Having dishonoured themselves and made a slave of what should rule in them, what great and noble thing could they still do or plan? I declare them more ignoble than ants and smaller of mind, and I am not ashamed of the truth; for the ants measure their gathering by the needs of life, while these men think fit to measure life by the need of gathering. Drive away, then, from yourself and from your subjects this grievous plague, so that, being good, you may rule over the good; and let a rivalry in virtue be set up, in which the king himself is both contestant and judge of the games. For it is shameful, someone said, that people compete in public at javelin-throwing and boxing, and that there are crowns for those who win at these, while no one competes in temperance or in virtue. It is likely, surely,
Chapter 69
69Krabinger 1:69
μᾶλλον δὲ πλέον εἰκότος, καὶ ἀνάγκῃ γε πᾶσα π τοιαύτῃ διαθέσει βασιλέως; ἐπομένας τὰς πόλεις βίον βιοτεῦσαι τὸν πάλαι, τὸν χρυσοῦν, τὸν ὑμνούμενον, ἀσχολίαν ἐχούσας κακῶν, σχολὴν δὲ ἀγαθῶν καὶ πρώτης 6. τῇς εὐσεβείας, εἰς ἣν ἡγεμὼν αὐτὸς ἔται βασιλεὺς, ἅπαντος ἀρχὴν καὶ μείονο; ἔργου καὶ μείξδονος; θεόθεν Ἀ αἰτῶν 3. Ὡς ἔξσι παντὸς δήπου σεμνότερον θέαμά τε καὶ ἄκουσμα βασιλεὺς ἐν τῷ δήμῳ τὼ χεῖρε αἴρων. καὶ “προικυνῶν τὸν κοινὸν ἑαυτοῦ τε καὶ τοῦ δήμου βασιλέα" λόγον τε ἔχει καὶ τὸ θεῖον γανύσκεσθαι 3} κυδαινόμενον βασιλέως; εὐσεβοῦς θεραπείᾳ, καὶ ἀῤῥήτοις συναφαῖ; τὸν τοιοῦτον, οἰκειοῦσθαι. Ταντεῦθεν οὖν παρὰ 'τὸ θεοφιλὴς εἶναι φιλάνθρωπό; ἕξι παντὸς μαλλον, οἵου τυγχάνει τοῦ βασιλέως, τοιοῦτος τοῖς βασιλευομένοις φαινόμενος. ᾿Αλλ' ἐν τούτῳ τί οὐκ ἂν εἰκὸς τῶν δεόντων παρεῖναι; Καί μοι πάλιν ὁ λόγο, ἐπὶ τὰ μικρῷ πρόσθεν ἀνακαάλμπτει.
mallon de pleon eikotos, kai anankę̄ ge pasa p toiautę̄ diathesei basileōs? epomenas tas poleis bion bioteusai ton palai, ton chrysoun, ton hymnoumenon, ascholian echousas kakōn, scholēn de agathōn kai prōtēs 6. tę̄s eusebeias, eis hēn hēgemōn autos etai basileus, hapantos archēn kai meiono? ergou kai meixdonos? theothen A aitōn 3. Hōs exsi pantos dēpou semnoteron theama te kai akousma basileus en tǭ dēmǭ tō cheire airōn. kai “proikynōn ton koinon heautou te kai tou dēmou basilea" logon te echei kai to theion ganyskesthai 3} kydainomenon basileōs? eusebous therapeią, kai arrhētois synaphai? ton toiouton, oikeiousthai. Tanteuthen oun para 'to theophilēs einai philanthrōpo? hexi pantos mallon, hoiou tynchanei tou basileōs, toioutos tois basileuomenois phainomenos. ᾿All' en toutǭ ti ouk an eikos tōn deontōn pareinai? Kai moi palin ho logo, epi ta mikrǭ prosthen anakaalmptei.
or rather more than likely, indeed altogether necessary, that the cities, following such a disposition in their king, will live the life of old, the golden, the much-sung life, with no leisure for evils and leisure for good things, and above all for piety, in which the king himself will be their leader, asking from God the beginning of every work, lesser and greater. For there is no sight or sound more august than an emperor among his people lifting up his hands and worshipping the King common to himself and his people. And it is reasonable that the divine should rejoice when glorified by the service of a pious emperor, and should make such a man its own by ineffable bonds. From this, then — from being dear to God — he is above all a lover of mankind, showing himself to his subjects such as the King is to him. And with this, what that is needed would not likely be present? And again my speech turns back to what was said a little before.
Chapter 70
70Krabinger 1:70
Χαρακτῆρα βασιλείας εὐεργεσίαν ἐτίθεμεν, τὸν δωρητικὸν. πάλιν τῶν ἀγαθῶν ᾽), τὸν ἴλεων, τὰς ὀμωνυμίας Ὗ ἀναπεμπαξδόμενοι τοῷ θεοῦ. Αὐτὰ τε οὖν ταῦτα καὶ ὅσα μετὰ τούτων ἐλέγετο, πρὶν ἐπαγγείλασθαι πλάτὕτειν τὸν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ βασιλέα, συντετάχθω νῦν εἰς μέρῃ καὶ πληρούτω τὸ ἄγαλμα. Ὥν δήπου κεφάλαίον' ἦν, ὅτι παρεκτικὸς ὧν ἀγαθῶν οὐ καμεῖται ὅ) τοῦτο ποιῶν, οὐ μᾶλλον, ἢ τὰς ἀκτῖνας ὁ ἥλιος φυτοῖς καὶ δώοι; δωρούμενος" οὐ γὰρ πόνος αὐτῷ 1θκαταλάμπειν, ἐν οὐσίᾳ τὸ λαμπρὸν ἔχοντι καὶ πηγῇ φωτὸς ὄντι ὅ). Αὐτός τε οὖν ἑαυτὸν ἐμβιβάσας τῷ τοιῷδε τῆς δωῆς εἴδει δι᾽ ἑαυτοῦ κοσμήσει πᾶν, εἰς ὅσον ἀφικνεῖται.) τοῦ ἀρχομένου" καὶ τοὺς ἀγχοῦ. τι καθέδρα,, οἱ μόνου μὲν αὐτοῦ ) δευτερεύρυσι, τῶν δὲ ἄλλων πρωτεύουσι, τῷ βασιλικῷ τῇς ψυχῆς κόσμῳ συντάξει, ὠφελητικοὺς ἀνθρώπων ὄντας πρὸς μέτρον ἕκατον τῆς νεμηθείσῃς αὐτῷ δυνάμεως. Ἑαὶ πρόεισι
Charaktēra basileias euergesian etithemen, ton dōrētikon. palin tōn agathōn ᾽), ton ileōn, tas omōnymias Hy anapempaxdomenoi toǭ theou. Auta te oun tauta kai hosa meta toutōn elegeto, prin epangeilasthai platytein ton en tǭ logǭ basilea, syntetachthō nyn eis merę̄ kai plēroutō to agalma. Hōn dēpou kephalaion' ēn, hoti parektikos hōn agathōn ou kameitai ho) touto poiōn, ou mallon, ē tas aktinas ho hēlios phytois kai dōoi? dōroumenos" ou gar ponos autǭ 1thkatalampein, en ousią to lampron echonti kai pēgę̄ phōtos onti ho). Autos te oun heauton embibasas tǭ toiǭde tēs dōēs eidei di᾽ heautou kosmēsei pan, eis hoson aphikneitai.) tou archomenou" kai tous anchou. ti kathedra,, hoi monou men autou ) deutereurysi, tōn de allōn prōteuousi, tǭ basilikǭ tę̄s psychēs kosmǭ syntaxei, ōphelētikous anthrōpōn ontas pros metron hekaton tēs nemētheisę̄s autǭ dynameōs. Heai proeisi
We set down beneficence as the mark of kingship — the bestower of good things, again, the gracious one — recounting the names the king shares with God. Let these very things, then, and all that was said with them before I promised to mould the king in the speech, now be fitted into their parts and complete the statue. Its chief point was that, being a provider of good things, he will not grow tired of doing this, any more than the sun grows tired of giving its rays to plants and animals; for it is no toil for it to shine, since it has brightness in its essence and is a source of light. Setting himself, then, upon such a form of life, he will through himself bring order to everything his rule reaches; and those who sit near him, who are second to him alone and first of all others, he will order by the kingly adornment of his soul, so that they are benefactors of men each to the measure of the power allotted to him. And so
Chapter 71
71Krabinger 1:71
μὲν ἐπὶ πλεῖον οὕτω τὴν πρώτην καὶ ἐπιμέλεια τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πλεόνων ᾽Ἶ αὐτὴν. διὰ χειρὸς ἐχόντων. ᾽᾿Αλλά τοι δὴ ᾽) δεῖ καὶ ὑπερορίους ἁρμοτὰς ἐκπέμε., πεῖν ἐν ἀρχῆς μεγέθει τοσῷδε. Τὸ δὴ μετὰ τοῦτο ὅ τοὺς ἐπὶ τῇς δίκης ἄρχοντας φιλοκρινητέον. “Ὧ; ἔσιω αὕτη θεία καὶ μεγαλομερὴς ἡ πρόνοια" ἕκατον μὲν γὰρ τόπον καὶ ἄνδρα καὶ ἀμφιυιβήτησιν ἐθέλειν εἰδέναι πολλὴ: γε τῇς ἐκπεριϊξεως, καὶ οὐδ᾽ ἂν Ζ]ιονύσιο; ἦρκεσεν ὁ νήσου μιᾶς καὶ οὐδὲ ὅλη ταύτης ) ἀρχὴν καταςτησάμενος ἐπιμελήσασθαι 5. ᾿ἘἘπιμελητῶν δὲ -διε᾽ ὀλίγων ὃ) ἔσει τῶν πολλῶν φροντίσαι. Ταύτην ἐκάλε-
men epi pleion houtō tēn prōtēn kai epimeleia tōn anthrōpōn, pleonōn ᾽I autēn. dia cheiros echontōn. ᾽᾿Alla toi dē ᾽) dei kai hyperorious harmotas ekpeme., pein en archēs megethei tosǭde. To dē meta touto ho tous epi tę̄s dikēs archontas philokrinēteon. “Hō? esiō hautē theia kai megalomerēs hē pronoia" hekaton men gar topon kai andra kai amphiuibētēsin ethelein eidenai pollē: ge tę̄s ekperiïxeōs, kai oud᾽ an Z]ionysio? ērkesen ho nēsou mias kai oude holē tautēs ) archēn katastēsamenos epimelēsasthai 5. ᾿EEpimelētōn de -die᾽ oligōn ho) esei tōn pollōn phrontisai. Tautēn ekale-
the first care for human beings advances further, with more people having it in hand. But in an empire of such greatness governors must also be sent out to the provinces. After this, great care must be taken in choosing the magistrates set over justice. For this is a divine and magnificent providence: to wish to know every place and man and dispute oneself requires much going round, and not even Dionysius, who established his rule over a single island and not even the whole of it, would have been able to take care of it. But through a few overseers it is possible to care for the many. This [the wise] called
Chapter 72
72Krabinger 1:72
σαν θεοπρεπῇ τε καὶ καθολικὴν κηδεμονίαν, ἣν ἐν ἀδρῷ 1.) μένουσαν ἤθει, καὶ μὴ ᾽) συγκύπτουσαν ἐπὶ τὰ τυχόντα τῶν μερῶν, οὐδὲ τὰ τυχόντα διαπέφευγε τῶν μερῶν. Ταύτῃ χρώμενος ( θεὸς οὐκ αὐτὸς ἐκλεἡ πτουργεὶ τῶν δεῦρο͵ τὰ ἕκατα, ἀλλὰ χρῆται χειρὶ τῇ φύσει, μένων ἐν ἤθει τῷ αὐτοῦ., καὶ ἔσιν αἴτιοι μέχρι ἐσχάτου τῶν ἀγαθῶν, τῶν αἰτίων γινόμενος αἴτιος.-. Ἑαὶ βασιλεῖ ταύτῃ μετιτέον τῶν ὅλων τὴν ἐπιμελειαν.᾿ “Διανεμίτω τὴν ἀρχὴν, ὡς͵ δυνατὸν, ἐπιτάταις δικαιοτάτῦτοις ᾽ τε καὶ ἀρίφοιρ" καὶ γὰρ ῥᾷον ὀλίγους πολλοὺς γνώσεται, καὶ ῥᾷον ὀλίγων ἁμαρτανόντων ἢ κατορθούντων αἰσθήσεται. ᾿Αριείνδην οὖν, ἀλλὰ μὴ πλουτίνδην, ὥςπερ νῦν, ἡ τῶν ἀρξόντων αἵρεσις γινέσθω, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἰατροῖς τὸ σῶμα ἐπιτρέπομεν οὐ τοῖς πλουσιωτάτοις, ἀλλ᾽ οἵτινες ἂν ὦσι τῇ: τέχνη: ἐπηβολώτατοι " ἄρχοντα δὲ δὴ καὶ μᾶλλον ἀνθαιρετέον τοῦ πλουσίου τὸν ἔχοντα τὴν ἀρχικὴν ἐπιτήμην, ὅτι πλείω παρ᾽ αὐτὸν κινδυνεύεται χεῖρον ἢ βέλτιον κεῖσθαι. Τί γὰρ, εἴ τις παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ τοῦ κακὸς εἶναι πλοῦτον συνείλοχεν, Ο ἄρα ἄξιον ἄρχειν αὐτὸν, ἀλλὰ μὴ τὸν πένητα μὲν,
san theoprepę̄ te kai katholikēn kēdemonian, hēn en adrǭ 1.) menousan ēthei, kai mē ᾽) synkyptousan epi ta tychonta tōn merōn, oude ta tychonta diapepheuge tōn merōn. Tautę̄ chrōmenos ( theos ouk autos ekleē ptourgei tōn deuro͵ ta hekata, alla chrētai cheiri tę̄ physei, menōn en ēthei tǭ autou., kai esin aitioi mechri eschatou tōn agathōn, tōn aitiōn ginomenos aitios.-. Heai basilei tautę̄ metiteon tōn holōn tēn epimeleian.᾿ “Dianemitō tēn archēn, hōs͵ dynaton, epitatais dikaiotatytois ᾽ te kai ariphoir" kai gar rhąon oligous pollous gnōsetai, kai rhąon oligōn hamartanontōn ē katorthountōn aisthēsetai. ᾿Arieindēn oun, alla mē ploutindēn, hōsper nyn, hē tōn arxontōn hairesis ginesthō, epei kai iatrois to sōma epitrepomen ou tois plousiōtatois, all᾽ hoitines an ōsi tę̄: technē: epēbolōtatoi " archonta de dē kai mallon anthaireteon tou plousiou ton echonta tēn archikēn epitēmēn, hoti pleiō par᾽ auton kindyneuetai cheiron ē beltion keisthai. Ti gar, ei tis par᾽ autou tou kakos einai plouton syneilochen, O ara axion archein auton, alla mē ton penēta men,
a godlike and universal care, which, remaining in a steady character and not stooping to whatever parts it chances on, lets none of the parts escape it, whatever they may be. Using this, God does not himself work out in detail each of the things here, but uses nature as his hand, remaining in his own character, and is the cause of good things down to the last, becoming the cause of the causes. In this way the king too should pursue his care of the whole. Let him distribute his rule, as far as possible, among the most just and best overseers; for it is easier for him to know a few than many, and easier to perceive the failures or successes of a few. Let magistrates, then, be chosen by merit and not, as now, by wealth; since we entrust the body to physicians, not to the richest, but to those most skilled in the art, and still more must one prefer, as magistrate, the man who has the science of ruling to the rich man, because more is at stake with him of things being worse or better. What then? If someone has gathered wealth from his very wickedness, is he therefore worthy to rule, and not the man who is poor but
Chapter 73
73Krabinger 1:73
νόμιμον δὲ 3.) ἄνδρα καὶ δίκαιον, ὃς δι᾽ αὐτὸ [τοῦτο] τὸ δίκαιος εἶναι πενίᾳ συνοικῶν οὐκ. αἰσχύνεται; ᾿Α4λλ᾽ ἐκεῖνός τε ὁ πλουτῶν ὁπωιοῦν, ἐωνημένος δὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν οὐκ ἂν εἰδείη ὁποῖος ἂν γένοιτο νεμητὴς τοῦ ὅ δικαίου" φαίνεται γὰρ, ὡς οὕτως εἰπεῖν, οὐ ῥᾷτα ὁ τοιοῦτος ἀδικίαν μισῆσαι σχολῇ δ᾽ ἂν ὑπεριδεῖν χρημάτων, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἀποδείξειν τὸ ἀρχεῖον δικῶν πωλῃητύήριον" ὦ; οὐκ εἰκός; γε αὐτὸν διαράμενον. βλοσυ- Ὠ ροῖς ὀφθαλμοῖ; ἀντιβλέψαι χρυσίῳ. τοὐναντίον μὲν αἰδεσθῆναί τε καὶ ἐνδοῦναι καὶ τελευτῶντα περιπτύξασθαι, ᾧ καὶ κατ᾽ αὐτὸ τοῦτο χάριν οἷδεν, ὅτι ἄρα πλούτου μοίρας τὴν πολιτείαν ἠλλάξατο "καὶ ὥ!περ ἄλλο τι τὰς πόλεις μεμίσθωται., Οἶδεν. οὖν ὅτι διὰ τοῦτο σεμνὸς τέ ἔσι καὶ ὑψοῦ κάθηται, πε-
nomimon de 3.) andra kai dikaion, hos di᾽ auto [touto] to dikaios einai penią synoikōn ouk. aischynetai? ᾿A4ll᾽ ekeinos te ho ploutōn hopōioun, eōnēmenos de tēn archēn ouk an eideiē hopoios an genoito nemētēs tou ho dikaiou" phainetai gar, hōs houtōs eipein, ou rhąta ho toioutos adikian misēsai scholę̄ d᾽ an hyperidein chrēmatōn, all' ouk apodeixein to archeion dikōn pōlę̄ētyērion" ō? ouk eikos? ge auton diaramenon. blosy- Ō rois ophthalmoi? antiblepsai chrysiǭ. tounantion men aidesthēnai te kai endounai kai teleutōnta periptyxasthai, hǭ kai kat᾽ auto touto charin hoiden, hoti ara ploutou moiras tēn politeian ēllaxato "kai hō!per allo ti tas poleis memisthōtai., Oiden. oun hoti dia touto semnos te esi kai hypsou kathētai, pe-
lawful and just, who is not ashamed to live with poverty precisely because he is just? But that rich man, however he became rich, who has bought his office, would not know what sort of dispenser of justice he might become. For such a man, so to speak, would not easily hate injustice and would hardly disdain money, but would surely turn the court into a market for lawsuits; for it is not likely that he would open his eyes wide and look fiercely back at gold. On the contrary, he would be abashed and give in and at last embrace it, being grateful to it for this very reason, that he has exchanged his share of wealth for public office and has hired the cities as he would anything else. He knows, then, that it is because of this that he is venerable and sits on high, gazed
Chapter 74
74Krabinger 1:74
ριβλεπόμενος ὑπὸ πολλοῦ τε ἄλλου λεὼ καὶ τῶν εὖ ἡκόντων δικαίων τε καὶ πενήτων. ᾿Αλλὰ σύ τοι ᾽) ποίει δηλωτὸν ἀρετὴν, κἂν πε-,»ίᾳ συνῇ" μὴ λανθανέτω σὲ φρόνησις ἀνδρὸς, καὶ δι- »καιοσύνη, καὶ ὁ λοιπὸς ἐσμὸς τῶν ψυχικῶν ἀγαθῶν, ἐσθῆτι φαύλῃ κρυπτόμενος" ἀλλ᾽ ἕλκειν τε αὐτὸν ἐν ᾿μέσῳ, καὶ ἀξιοῦν δημοσιεῦσαι τὴν ἀρετὴν, ἣν οὐκ ἄξιον οἰκουρεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ ὕπαιθρον εἶναι καὶ ἐναγώνιον ἢ. Εὖ γὰρ ἰἴσθι, σὺ μὲν ἐκείνους ὅ ἐν τῷ παραυτίκα Ἀηῃρύἔξει ὁ δὲ ἀνακεκηρυγμένος αὐτὸς ἔσῃ διὰ παντὸς, δεῖγμα δοὺς τῇ διαδοχῇ τοῦ χρόνου βασιλείας εὐδαίμιονο;. Ἐὰν οὕτω ποιύήσῃ;."), ταχὺ πολλοὺς ὄψει πλοῦτον εἰργασμένον αἰσχυνομένους, καὶ ἄλλους ἐγκαλλω-Β
riblepomenos hypo pollou te allou leō kai tōn eu hēkontōn dikaiōn te kai penētōn. ᾿Alla sy toi ᾽) poiei dēlōton aretēn, kan pe-,»ią synę̄" mē lanthanetō se phronēsis andros, kai di- »kaiosynē, kai ho loipos esmos tōn psychikōn agathōn, esthēti phaulę̄ kryptomenos" all᾽ helkein te auton en ᾿mesǭ, kai axioun dēmosieusai tēn aretēn, hēn ouk axion oikourein, all᾽ hypaithron einai kai enagōnion ē. Eu gar iisthi, sy men ekeinous ho en tǭ parautika Aēę̄ryexei ho de anakekērygmenos autos esę̄ dia pantos, deigma dous tę̄ diadochę̄ tou chronou basileias eudaimiono?. Ean houtō poiyēsę̄?."), tachy pollous opsei plouton eirgasmenon aischynomenous, kai allous enkallō-B
upon by many other people and by the just and poor who come before him. But you, make virtue conspicuous, even when it lives with poverty. Let not a man's prudence escape you, nor his justice, nor the rest of the swarm of the soul's goods, hidden under a poor garment; but draw him into the open and require him to make his virtue public, for it ought not to keep at home but to be in the open air and in the contest. For know well: you will proclaim such men for the moment, but you yourself will be proclaimed for ever, having given to the succession of time an example of a happy kingship. If you do this, you will soon see many ashamed of having made money, and others
Chapter 75
75Krabinger 1:75
πιξδομένου; αὐθαιρέτῳ πτωχείᾳ" καὶ μεταπεαοῦνται ὅ) τοῖς ἀνθρώποις αἱ νῦν περὶ αὐτὸν ὑπολήψεις; τῷ πλοῦτον ἐξευρεῖν ὄνειδος εἶναι, καὶ ἐν σεμινότητος μοίρᾳ πενίᾳ τηρῆσαι.. ᾿Ὥς πολλῶν ὄντων. ἃ δέδωκεν. ὁ θεὸς ὅ βασιλείᾳ 1.) ἐηλωτὰ καὶ μακάρια, οὐδενὸς ἧττον, εἰ “ἢ καὶ παντὸς μᾶλλον ἀγασθείη τις ἂν αὐτῇς, καὶ ὑμνήσειε τὴν ἐν ταῖρ ψυχαῖς τῶν ἀρχομένων ἰσχὺν," ὅτι ᾿ιετατίθησι βασιλεὺς δόξαν ἤθουι, ἐγκεκαυμένην ἔθει ᾿ παλαιῷ καὶ τροφῇ τῇ πῤώτῃ, τῷ φαίνεσθαι, τἀναντία τιμῶν καὶ περὶ πλείστου ποιούμενος" ὅτῳ γὰρ " βασιλεὺς χαίρει, τοῦτ᾽ εὐθὺς αὐξειν ἀνάγκῃ, καὶ ὑπὸ πλείων ἐπιτηδεύεσθαι. ᾿Αλλ' ἐνταῦθα τοῦ λόγου γενόμενος, ἐθέλω τι καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν αὐτὸς ἢ ἐμαυτοῦ παιδικῶν εὔξασθαι. ᾽Ἔρα-:
pixdomenou? authairetǭ ptōcheią" kai metapeaountai ho) tois anthrōpois hai nyn peri auton hypolēpseis? tǭ plouton exeurein oneidos einai, kai en seminotētos moirą penią tērēsai.. ᾿Hōs pollōn ontōn. ha dedōken. ho theos ho basileią 1.) eēlōta kai makaria, oudenos hētton, ei “ē kai pantos mallon agastheiē tis an autę̄s, kai hymnēseie tēn en tair psychais tōn archomenōn ischyn," hoti ᾿ietatithēsi basileus doxan ēthoui, enkekaumenēn ethei ᾿ palaiǭ kai trophę̄ tę̄ prōtę̄, tǭ phainesthai, tanantia timōn kai peri pleistou poioumenos" hotǭ gar " basileus chairei, tout᾽ euthys auxein anankę̄, kai hypo pleiōn epitēdeuesthai. ᾿All' entautha tou logou genomenos, ethelō ti kai hyper tōn autos ē emautou paidikōn euxasthai. ᾽Era-:
priding themselves on voluntary poverty; and men's present opinions on the matter will change, so that to have acquired wealth will be a reproach, and to have kept to poverty will count as dignity. Of the many enviable and blessed things God has given to kingship, one would admire none less than, and perhaps more than all, the power it has in the souls of its subjects, and would sing of it: that a king changes men's opinion of character, burned in by old habit and earliest upbringing, simply by being seen to honour the opposite and to value it most; for whatever a king delights in must at once grow and be practised by more. But having come to this point in my speech, I wish also to pray for my own beloved. May you fall in love,
Chapter 76
76Krabinger 1:76
σθείης ᾽ν ὦ βασιλιῦ, φιλοσοφία! καὶ παιδείας ἀληθινήφ, ἀνάγκῃ γὰρ ἐκ τῶν ἐβρρμένων συνεραφά; σοι γενέσθαι πολλοὺς, ὧν τὶ καὶ ᾿ὄφελοτ" ἐπεὶ νῦν γε, ὡς; ἠμέληται, κίνδυνος ἀποσβῆναι; καὶ μὲτὰ μικρὸν. οὐδ᾽ ᾿εμπύπρευμα λείπεσθαι βουλομένοις ἐναῦσαι. Ὦρ᾽ ὁ ὗν ὑπὲρ Ὠ φιλοσοφίας ηὖγμαι τανῦν; ἢ τῇ μὲν οὐδὲν μεῖον, κἂν ἀποικῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐσίαν γὰρ ἔχει παρὰ τῷ θεῷ, περὶ ὃν, "καὶ δεῦρο οὖσα, τὰ πολλὰ πραγματεύεται, καὶ, ὅταν αὐτὴν μὴ χωρῇ κατιοῦσαν ὁ χθόνιο; 'χῶ- 10ρος δ), μένει παρὰ τῷ πατρὶ, πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἐνδίκως ἄν ] εἰποῦσα τὸ ] } οὔτι μὲ ἢ ταύτης | Χριτὼ τιμῇ" φρονέω δὲ τετιμῦσθαι. “ιὸς αἴσῃ ὃ). Τὰ δὲ ἀνθρώπινα πράγματα, παρούσῃς τε αὐτὴ: καὶ ἀπούσῃς, χείρω καὶ βελτίω καὶ παντελῶς εὐδαίμονα 1ὅ καὶ κακοδαίμονα γίνεται. ὋὙπὲρ τούτων οὖν, καὶ οὐχ ὑπὲρ φιλοσοφίας ηὖγμαι. ᾿ Καὶ εἴη γε τυχεῖν τῇς εὐχῆ!, ἣν Πλάτων εὐξάμενος ἐκ εὐτύχῃσεν.
stheiēs ᾽n ō basiliy, philosophia! kai paideias alēthinēph, anankę̄ gar ek tōn ebrrmenōn synerapha? soi genesthai pollous, hōn ti kai ᾿ophelot" epei nyn ge, hōs? ēmelētai, kindynos aposbēnai? kai meta mikron. oud᾽ ᾿empypreuma leipesthai boulomenois enausai. Ōr᾽ ho hyn hyper Ō philosophias ēugmai tanyn? ē tę̄ men ouden meion, kan apoikę̄ tōn anthrōpōn esian gar echei para tǭ theǭ, peri hon, "kai deuro ousa, ta polla pragmateuetai, kai, hotan autēn mē chōrę̄ katiousan ho chthonio? 'chō- 10ros d), menei para tǭ patri, pros hēmas endikōs an ] eipousa to ] } outi me ē tautēs | Chritō timę̄" phroneō de tetimysthai. “ios aisę̄ ho). Ta de anthrōpina pragmata, parousę̄s te autē: kai apousę̄s, cheirō kai beltiō kai pantelōs eudaimona 1ho kai kakodaimona ginetai. HoUper toutōn oun, kai ouch hyper philosophias ēugmai. ᾿ Kai eiē ge tychein tę̄s euchē!, hēn Platōn euxamenos ek eutychę̄sen.
O emperor, with philosophy and true education; for then, from what has been said, many must become your fellow lovers, and of them there would be some benefit. For now, as it has been neglected, there is danger that it may be put out, and that in a little while not even a spark will be left for those who wish to kindle it. Have I, then, been praying for philosophy? Or is it no loss to her, even if she departs from mankind? For she has her hearth with God, about whom she is mostly occupied even while here, and when the earthly region does not receive her as she comes down, she stays with the Father, and might justly say to us: “I have no need of this honour; I think I am honoured by the portion of Zeus.” But human affairs become worse and better, wholly happy and wretched, as she is present or absent. It is for these, then, and not for philosophy, that I have prayed. And may I obtain the prayer which Plato prayed and did not obtain.
Chapter 77
77Krabinger 1:77
᾿Ιδοιμὶ σε τῇ βασιλείᾳ προρειλρφότα φιλοσοφίαν, καὶ οὐκέτι ἄν μου πρόσω τις λέγοντός τι περὶ βασιλείας ἀκούσεται. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὥρα γὰρ ἤδη σιγᾷν, ὦ; ἑνὶ τούτῳ πάντα συνήρηκα. Ἐὰν γένηται τοῦτο,Β ὅ δίδωκά σοι ὅπερ᾽ ἀρχόμενος ἤτησα, λόγῳ μὲν αὐτὸς ὑποσχόμενος ἀνδρίαντα βασιλέως σοι δεῖξαι" καὶ γάρ ἐσι λόγος ὄντως ἔργου σκιή᾽ παρὰ σοῦ δὲ αὐτὸν ἄντύτουν ἔμβιον ἀπολαβεῖν καὶ κινούμενον. Καὶ ὄψομαί γε οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν, καὶ ἀποδώσεις μοι τοῦ βασιλέως τὸ ἔργον, εἰ μὴ θυραυλύήσουσιν οἱ λόγοι περὶ τὰ ὦτα 3,}ρ,᾿ ἀλλ᾽ εἰρυφσονταί τε καὶ τοῖς μυχοῖς τῇ: ψυχῆς ἐνὶ διαιτήσονται. Οὐ μὴν ἀθεεὶ πείθομαι [τὴν] φιλο-᾿ συφίαν ἐπὶ τὴν παραΐνεσιν ἐξωρμῇῆσθαι᾽ σὺν σπουδῇ τῷ θεῷ προθυμουμένῳ τὰ σὰ αὔξειν, ὥς εἰκάσαι ῥᾳδιον, ᾿Εγὼ δ᾽ ἂν δίκαιος εἴγυν ἀπολαῦσαι πρῶτος, τῶν᾽ ἐμαυτοῦ σκερμάτων τῇς βλάξεης, οἱόν σε πλάττω βασιλίὰ, τοιούτου πειρώμενος, ὅταν περὶ ὧν αἱ πόλει, αἱτοῦσι παρέχω λόγον καὶ δέχωμαι.
᾿Idoimi se tę̄ basileią proreilrphota philosophian, kai ouketi an mou prosō tis legontos ti peri basileias akousetai. ᾿All᾽ hōra gar ēdē sigąn, ō? heni toutǭ panta synērēka. Ean genētai touto,B ho didōka soi hoper᾽ archomenos ētēsa, logǭ men autos hyposchomenos andrianta basileōs soi deixai" kai gar esi logos ontōs ergou skiē᾽ para sou de auton antytoun embion apolabein kai kinoumenon. Kai opsomai ge ouk eis makran, kai apodōseis moi tou basileōs to ergon, ei mē thyraulyēsousin hoi logoi peri ta ōta 3,}r,᾿ all᾽ eiryphsontai te kai tois mychois tę̄: psychēs eni diaitēsontai. Ou mēn atheei peithomai [tēn] philo-᾿ syphian epi tēn paraïnesin exōrmę̄ēsthai᾽ syn spoudę̄ tǭ theǭ prothymoumenǭ ta sa auxein, hōs eikasai rhądion, ᾿Egō d᾽ an dikaios eigyn apolausai prōtos, tōn᾽ emautou skermatōn tę̄s blaxeēs, hoion se plattō basilia, toioutou peirōmenos, hotan peri hōn hai polei, haitousi parechō logon kai dechōmai.
May I see you with philosophy joined to kingship, and no one will hear me speak any further about kingship. But it is now time to be silent, since in this one thing I have summed up everything. If this comes to pass, I have given you what I asked at the beginning: I myself promised to show you in words the statue of a king — for speech is truly the shadow of deed — and to receive it back from you living and moving. And I shall see it before long, and you will render to me the work of a king, if my words do not stay outside around your ears, but enter in and make their home in the recesses of your soul. Indeed I am persuaded that it is not without God that philosophy has been roused to this exhortation, since God, as is easy to guess, is eager to increase your fortunes. And I should rightly be the first to enjoy the harvest of my own seeds, finding you such a king as I fashion, when I give and receive account of what the cities ask.